Home

Sprint Nextel 800w User's Manual

1. 78 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Dialing by Company Name 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu c right softkey and select Contacts DRO 3 Press Menu right softkey and select View By gt Company 4 Press Power End fi to return to your Today screen 5 Using the keyboard begin entering the first few letters of the company name 6 Select the number you want to dial poen 7 Press Phone Talk to dial Dialing From a Web Page or Message EN N es E Your Treo recognizes most phone numbers that appear on Web ae art pages or in messages text or email bruarii 1 Press Up a or Down w to highlight the phone number wx Saar ut mer you want to dial on the Web page or in the message 2 Press Center C to open the Phone dialog box and then select Yes to dial If you can t dial a phone number directly from a Web page or a message then highlight the number press and hold Center on the 5 way and select Copy Open the Dial Pad and then press and hold Center on the 5 way to Paste Press Phone Talk to dial Section 2B Using the Phone Features Redialing a Recently Called Number 80 To dial the last number you called Go to your Today screen and then press and hold Phone Talk To select from your most recently dialed numbers Go to your Today screen press Phone Talk n highlight the number or contact name you want to call and then press Phone Talk 0 to dial If
2. 0 cece cence ncn anann 8A Important Safety Information 0000 c ccc ncn tennant nnana nannan General Precautions 2 22 teats Va eR odd ds eroe bales cde eae eles Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device sssu 384 Using Your Phone With a Hearing Aid Device ssssssssssssseesee neta 387 Garirig for th Battery zer ee epus Pro wer iR ene Sowa rou ER pU gat bugs 388 Radio Frequency RF ERG Sis eer rose Wes wr cas olan oer Sexe eor eq RA e XII TR ro n d 390 Static Electricity ESD and Your Teo sts o Ee dave Dee ERELRERELI QUA EYE ia de 392 Owners Record os cete o ete e uut Uri IP elei ute obese outage tans del brace 394 ser Quide Proprielary NOCE oase ea E en reti m e rer e tm UR RU ave rgd ala E LR DRE 394 8B Specifications eios iil sea le dad d EEEE Pi a EIER UI 395 Specifications eater dM ee et E o CAD EE e d As 396 Index isis t belseiichbyefnseliua ku bo aquae au de ec a edet 399 Welcome to Sprint Sprint and Nextel have come together offering you more choice and flexibility to do whatever you want whenever you want This powerful combination brings you access to more products more services and more of what you need to do more of what you want Welcome and thank you for choosing Sprint 13 How to Use This Guide 14 We know you re eager to start using your Palm Treo 800w smart device right away and the sections of this
3. Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 337 6 Select the Access tab and check the Manage GPS automatically box This setting lets more than one application simultaneously access your GPS information 7 Press OK Viewing Memory Usage 1 Press Start fz and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Memory 3 3 Select either of the following tabs Main View the amount of memory assigned to your applications and information as well as the amount of memory in use versus the available memory Storage Card View the amount of memory available on an expansion card that is inserted into the expansion slot on your Treo 4 Press OK Mermnory Memory Storage Program Total storage card memory 360 45 Me Tota 176 06 MB Tot 38 55 MB inus 10 96 Me inus 54 228 MB Free 167 90 M Free 43 57 M8 Inuse 257 318 Viewing and Optimizing Power Settings 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Power i 3 On the Battery tab check the Battery Power Remaining indicator to see how much power remains in your battery 338 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 4 Select the Advanced tab and set whether your Treo turns off automatically after a specified period of inactivity You can assign various intervals for battery power and external power 5 Select t
4. a ED 1 From the Tasks list highlight the task you want to check off Overdue tasks appear in red eee duri 2 Press Complete left softkey tend nc iren On Update glossary Write meeting agenda Complete L You can also mark a task as completed by tapping the check box next to the task on the Tasks list If you need to mark a completed task as incomplete highlight it and press Activate left softkey Organizing Your Tasks 1 In the Tasks list press Menu right softkey and select Filter 2 Select which tasks you want to view All Tasks Recently Viewed No Categories Active Tasks Completed Tasks or a specific category such as Business or Personal 3 Press Menu gt right softkey and select Sort By 4 Select the sort method Status Priority Subject Start Date or Due Date Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 251 Deleting a Task 1 Highlight the task you want to delete 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Task 3 Select Yes Customizing Tasks 1 Goto the Tasks list 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Setreminders for new items Automatically add a reminder to new tasks The default reminder is set to 8 00 on the morning the task is due You can override this setting for individual tasks Show start and due dates Display the task start and due dates in the Tasks list Show Tasks entry
5. 6 Select Advanced Settings and then select any of the following Send receive when I click Send Set whether you can manually send and receive messages in addition to automatically downloading them Use automatic send receive schedule when roaming Set whether automatic downloading takes place when you are roaming This may result in higher connection charges than downloading while in your home network When deleting messages Set whether messages should be deleted from the mail server when you delete them on your Treo or whether messages you delete on your device should remain on the server F mal Setup o Advanced Settings Sendkeceve when 1 chek Send C use automate sendurecene schedule when roaming Wher deleting messages Keep them on the server 150 Section 3B Using the Email Features 7 Press Done left softkey 8 Press Next right softkey 9 Select any of the following Message format Set the format for sending and EMI nee on ND receiving messages If you select HTML messages F mal Setup o sent to you as HTML are received with their formatting intact If you select Plain Text all messages are received Message format as plain text E 2 B Message download limit Set the size of an incoming RENEE message that is automatically downloaded For any Do net download message that exceeds this size you must manually download the rest of the m
6. Select the Map a recent location list and select a location from the list You can also find directions to a contact s address from the Today screen see Viewing a Map of a Contact s Address on page 240 N amp 184 Section 3E Using GPS Using Sprint Navigation Sprint Navigation is a GPS navigation system that gives you turn by turn directions by map and by voice right from your Treo Get audible GPS directions for an appointment a sales call or even a coffee shop close by Sprint Navigation requires a monthly subscription Contact Sprint for information and rates Make sure Location Privacy is set to Location On Go to your Today screen and press Menu right softkey Select Preferences gt Phone Settings Select the Services tab select Location Privacy and then make sure that Location On is selected 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Sprint Navigation e Sprint Navigation is powered by Telenav satellites For optimum performance use Sprint Navigation outdoors or close to a window The satellite signal is diminished when your Treo is indoors Also hold the bottom portion of your Treo to avoid blocking the internal antenna which is located in the upper third of your Treo 3 Follow the onscreen prompts to download the software and establish a subscription 4 After you set up a subscription and your account is pacco E S T NT verified pr
7. Embedded images and objects cannot be received as attachments unless you have an IMAP4 email account with TNEF disabled Note that TNEF must be enabled in order for you to receive meeting requests Working With Email Messages Adding a Contact From an Email Message You can add a contact name or email address to your Contacts list directly from the To cc or bcc field of an email message You can select the name or address from either an outgoing or an incoming message and you can either create a new contact or add the information to an existing contact 1 In an open message highlight the name or address of the contact you want to add 2 Press Center 3 Do either of the following Select a Contact Press Menu right softkey and select New Contact to create a new contact entry for this name or address Select an existing contact to add the name or address to the selected entry E Doogie Pad 4 Enter or edit the contact information eee 5 Press Save left softkey Adding an Online Address Book Many email servers can verify names with an online address book also called a directory service or a Global Address List GAL When you set up an Exchange Server account on your Treo you automatically set up access to the Global Address List for that Exchange server After you sync with the Exchange server for the first time the Inbox application checks your contact list and then the directory service to verify n
8. Make sure your phone is turned on and that you are inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 Go to your Today screen Select the Point of Interest lookup field and enter the type of place you want to find For example to find a pizza place enter pizza to find a post office enter post office or to find I NM dIEH an automatic teller machine enter ATM e Select the list next to the Point of Interest lookup field and Q Specific Address select Near other location to open the Maps application In the Maps application enter the zip code city state or address you want to use for your search Press Find left softkey Section 3E Using GPS 183 Using Maps Make sure Location Privacy is set to Location On Go to your Today screen and press Menu right softkey Select Preferences gt Phone Settings Select the Services tab select Location Privacy and then make sure Location On is selected 1 Make sure your phone is turned on and that you are inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 Press Start 2 and select Programs Select Maps 9o 4 Do one of the following Select the Map a street address link enter the address information and then press Map left softkey Select the Map a contact s address link select the contact and then press Find left softkey Select the Map your current location link
9. Security Set whether you receive a warning message options before you navigate to a URL or a file link that is not ON Tapan assount to change ses your Treo ESO Display account picker when opening Inbox Set m sert stretres New whether a list of your email accounts appears when aj bee tenascin em amea teen you open the Inbox application allowing you to select the one you want to use If the box is unchecked the Inbox application opens to the last account you used If the Display account picker when opening Inbox box is unchecked open the Inbox application and then repeatedly press Inbox or press Left or Right on the 5 way to cycle through your accounts Section 3B Using the Email Features 147 148 4 Select the Message tab and set any of the following options When replying to e mail include body Set whether the body of a message you received appears in your response to that message Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder Set whether messages you send are stored in the Sent folder Warn when deleting messages in the message list Set whether a confirmation message appears when you delete messages from the message list After deleting or moving a message Set what you want to see after you delete or move an email message you are reading the account Inbox or the next message 5 Select the Address tab and set any of the following options In Cont
10. Your Portable Media Device Sprint ahead 204 Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files In This Section Synchronizing Your Pictures Videos and Music Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows XP Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows Vista Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files 205 Synchronizing Your Pictures Videos and Music You can synchronize pictures videos and music files between your Palm Treo 800w smart device and your computer How synchronization happens however depends on two conditions e Sync direction Are you transferring the files from your Treo to your computer or from your computer to your Treo e Operating system Do you use Windows XP or Windows Vista These procedures do not apply to files in your Windows Media Player library See Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files on page 227 for details on synchronizing your library files For best results use Windows Media Player to sync your music files for both Windows XP and Windows Vista computers Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows XP Do the following to synchronize pictures videos and music files that you capture on or copy to your Treo Install Microsoft ActiveSync desktop software from the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device see Installing ActiveSync Desktop Software Windows XP on page 46 206 Section 4A Synchroniz
11. Your phone is off A call is in progress A call is on hold You are outside a Sprint coverage area and are roaming on another wireless service provider s network You are outside an area that supports data services or your phone is off and therefore a data connection is not available You are in an area that supports mobile broadband EVDO data services EVDO Evolution Data Optimized is a wireless broadband technology that is designed for very high speed data transfer with average download speeds of 400 to 600Kbps It is capable of reaching download speeds up to 3 2Mbps and upload speeds up to 1 8Mbps Your phone is on and is connected to a mobile broadband network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make and answer calls Section 2B Using the Phone Features Lu EB ox dq ig Ts gt en s Of Section 2B Using the Phone Features 109 Your phone is on and a mobile broadband data connection is active You can still make or answer calls When you make or answer a call the data transmission is automatically interrupted You are in an area that supports Sprint 1xRTT data services The 1xRTT single carrier 1x radio transmission technology wireless technology can provide fast data transfer and Internet access with average speeds of 60 to 80Kbps and bursts up to 144Kbps Your phone is on and is connected to a Sprint 1xRTT network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still
12. adding tasks and 251 creating 252 254 285 deleting 255 287 displaying 286 entering contacts and 239 organizing 255 renaming 287 saving 255 256 sorting 287 Notes application 252 256 Notes icon 253 Notes list 255 notification options 159 Notification tab 163 notifications accessing Web pages and 178 answering phone calls and 89 beaming and 202 Bluetooth devices and 199 closing 159 displaying 321 previewing sounds for 321 receiving messages and 159 163 retrieving voicemail and 83 selecting 320 setting ringtones for 99 100 troubleshooting 358 turning off alarms for 321 Notifications check box 321 Notifications tab 99 321 Now Playing playlist 232 See also playlists number pad 76 Index number sign symbol 323 Number tab 323 numbered lists 268 286 numbers See also phone numbers copying 257 entering 65 256 278 formatting 273 279 323 Oo Off Hold softkey 86 Office files 260 262 See also specific Office application offline synchronization 363 364 OK button 25 On battery power option 35 On Button Press option 194 OneNote Mobile application 285 287 OneNote Mobile icon 285 online address books adding 141 141 143 locating contacts and 148 241 synchronizing with 363 online services 114 115 online support 15 Open a hyperlink option 287 open authentication 192 Open File command 229 open networks 188 190 Open URL command 230 opening applications 69 70 302 attachments 139 419 Call Log 80 Dial Pad
13. 5 Press OK to save the file When you save a new document it is automatically named after the first several words in the file Opening an Existing Document 1 Press Start 22 and select Office Mobile 2 Select Word Mobile jz 3 In the document list select the document you want to open Creating a Document From a Template 1 Goto the document list Tap the list in the upper left corner and select More Folders gt Templates Open the template you want to use and enter the information Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and enter a new name for the file Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file Select the Location list and then select Main Memory or Storage Card Select Save 09 wx 99 AHO N Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 265 To create a new template from a document open the document you want to save as a template Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and then enter a name for the template Select the Folder list and select Templates Select the Type list and then select Word Template Press OK Finding or Replacing Text in a Document 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Open the document containing the text you want to find Press Menu gt right softkey
14. If you don t see the correct icons make sure the desktop synchronization software that came with your Treo is running on your computer On your Treo look for the animated ActiveSync 4 icon at the top of your screen On your computer look for the animated Sync icon in the taskbar amp Windows XP or Windows Vista If you have any problems synchronizing see Synchronization on page 360 for troubleshooting suggestions We recommend that you also use the included Sprite Backup utility to back up your information This backup and restore utility preserves the data and settings that are not backed up during synchronization Sprite Backup also protects your data and settings if your Treo is ever lost or stolen or if you ever need to do a hard reset 52 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer Section 2 Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Sprint ahead 54 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device In This Section Moving Around on the Screen Using the Keyboard Opening and Closing Applications Using Your Today Screen Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 55 Moving Around on the Screen 56 To move around on the Palm Treo 800w smart device screen you can use the 5 way navigator or you can tap items on the screen with the stylus With use you can find your own favorite way to scroll highlight and select items
15. Make sure the SSL box is checked I Have Problems Using My Account Occasionally you may experience problems using an email account after you set it up If you followed the account setup procedure and are experiencing problems using the account verify that the account complies with your email provider s requirements by following these steps e Verify both your password and your username for your email account e Some wireless service providers require you to be on their network to use your email account If this is the case be sure to use your provider s network as the connection type for the account e Some wireless service providers have other requirements specific to their service Check with your service provider to find out whether any provider specific requirements exist e Service provider settings frequently change If your email account was working but you are currently experiencing problems check with your service provider to find out whether any of the account settings have changed I Have Problems Sending and Receiving Email e Short periods of time when email is unavailable are common due to server problems or poor wireless coverage If you have problems sending or receiving mail for an extended period of time check with your ISP or email service provider to verify that the service is working properly and check with Sprint Customer Service for outage information in your area 368 Section 7A Help e If your
16. Phone Known Caller The ringtone for an incoming call from someone in your contact list or speed dial list The callers name appears on the screen when you receive the call Phone Missed call The notification tone for a call you did not answer Phone Roaming The ringtone for a call that comes in when you re outside the Sprint National Network Phone Unknown Caller The ringtone for an incoming call from someone who is not in your contact list or speed dial list EIU AR ND a Sounds amp Notifications Section 2B Using the Phone Features 9 x99 10 Phone Voice mail The notification tone for a new voicemail For the Missed call and Voice mail options you can select sound and display options instead of ring type and ringtone options Select the Ring type list and then select the ring style for the selected type of call Select the Ring tone list and then select the sound for the selected type of call Optional Select Play gt to preview the sound Check the Vibrate when boxes to turn the vibrate feature on or off based on the Ringer switch setting Repeat steps 4 through 7 to select ringtones for other types of calls Press OK To record preview delete and send sounds on your Treo select the Manage tab To record a sound press Menu right softkey and select New Sound To play a sound select it To delete a sound highlight
17. por P 1l rorR S BS S BS torT TM Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 67 Press Alt and then press to select u U UUUU x or X xa y yy Y YY 0 s 1 8 E 1 4 V 2 D R 2 3 D 4 T 3 1 J Q H L 59 K eye O N Press Alt ae by itself to select these additional characters _ lt gt u Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Opening and Closing Applications Using the Buttons The front of the Treo has four buttons that you can use to open and close applications RON Each of the buttons has two functions To use a button s primary function simply press the Start Calendar OK Inbox button To use a button s secondary function press and hold Option while you press the button Pressing Phone Talk or any of the buttons except OK automatically wakes up your Treo screen See Waking Up the Screen and Turning It Off on page 34 Button Primary Function Secondary Function i Start menu 4s Camera ER Calendar O Contacts OK close window D Task Manager Inbox Messaging You can open Internet Explorer Mobile by pressing and holding Option while pressing Phone Talk You can also customize many of the func
18. Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone 3 On the Phone tab set any of the following options Dialpad Set the style for the Dialpad tones DTMF when making calls Short tones Set the tones to sound briefly as you dial Long tones Set the tones to continue to sound until you release the key Section 2B Using the Phone Features Phone 408 6565 0993 Dapat S Phone Services Duing Secunty 101 After calls from numbers that are not in Contacts ask if I want to add them Set whether you are prompted to add contact entries for numbers that are not already in your Contacts list 4 Press OK to finish If you have trouble accessing a voicemail system try changing the Dialpad tone setting Setting Your Dialing Preferences Dialing preferences let you assign a prefix to your phone numbers For example you can automatically dial a 1 before all 10 digit phone numbers You can add a different prefix based on the length of the phone number 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone 3 On the Dialing tab set any of the following options Dialing from North America Format phone numbers Phone using North American conventions XXX XXX XXXX Dialing from North A and set the International Dialing Prefix to 011 If you HA travel outside North Ameri
19. Sun Sux after entering ja space T Suggest 4 gt wordi V Acid a spice after word TEM ETERNA v Erudite Auto Con To enter a suggested word press Down to highlight the suggestion and then press Center to accept it 5 Select the Options tab and set any of the following options Voice recording format Set the format in which you save voice notes Default zoom level for writing Set the initial size of text entered using onscreen writing methods Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 327 Default zoom level for typing Set the initial size of text gsm entered using the keyboard aid Capitalize first letter of sentence Set whether the first Voice recordin formi letter of a sentence automatically appears in RSET uppercase without pressing the Shift key Defaut Scroll upon reaching the last line Set whether the e display automatically scrolls when you select the last v Scral upon reaching the last ie line of visible information input Method word compieton opvors 6 Press OK evel for writing oom level for typing apitatze frst letter of sentence Locking Your Treo and Information Your Treo includes several features that help you protect your device from inadvertent use and keep your information private The built in security software lets you use your Treo for emerge
20. Synchroniza ion on page 46 or Setting Up Wireless Synchroniza ion on page 308 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchroniza ion on page 46 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Fi es on page 260 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchroniza Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 205 ion on page 46 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchroniza ion on page 46 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Fi es on page 260 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchroniza ion on page 46 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Fi es on page 260 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 45 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization Before you can synchronize the desktop sync software must be installed and you must connect the sync cable to your computer If you have a Windows XP computer you must install the software that came with your Treo on the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device even if you already have a previous version of the desktop sync software installed on your computer System Requirements Your computer must meet the following minimum system requirements Windows XP Service Pack 2 or Windows Vista later versions may also be supported 32MB of available memory RAM 170MB of free hard disk space CD drive Available USB port USB sync cable included with your Treo Adobe Flash Player
21. Using the 5 way press Right gt Left 4 Up a or Down w to move around on the screen Press Center to highlight and select items Up Right Down Left Center D af WH Some third party applications may not work with the 5 way navigator and you must use the stylus instead The arrow icons that indicate directions on the 5 way are different from the onscreen scroll arrows and the arrows that indicate that a list is available see Selecting Options in a List on page 62 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Scrolling Through Screens As on a computer on your Treo you scroll to move from field to field or from page to page or in some cases to highlight an item or option in a list There are several methods of scrolling e On the 5 way see Moving Around on the Screen on page 56 press Right gt Left 4 Up a or Down w to move to the next field button or action in that direction e Press and hold Option below the A key on the keyboard see Your Treo Smart Device on page 24 while pressing Up a or Down to scroll one screen at a time These keys work just like the Page Up and Page Down keys on a computer keyboard e Press and hold Option while pressing Left 4 or Right to jump to the top or bottom of the current screen e When viewing a screen with tabs such as when adding a contact press Down to scroll to the tabs an
22. Working With Your Pictures and Videos 221 Customizing Your Pictures amp Videos Settings You can customize the camera on your Treo as described in the following section 1 Press Start 2x 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 3 On the General tab set the following options Usethis picture size Set the size of pictures you send via email When rotating a picture rotate 90 degrees Set the and select Pictures amp Videos direction in which pictures rotate 4 Select the Slide Show tab and set the following options During slide shows optimize for viewing Set whether pictures are optimized for portrait or landscape format during slide shows Play screensaver when connected to my PC and idle for 2 minutes Set whether the pictures in your My Pictures folder are used as a screensaver on your Treo when your Treo is connected to your computer and the desktop synchronization software is not running 222 2 Pictures amp Videos var T MEC Options When sanding pictures n emal pictures can wey transfer faster When rotating picture rotate 90 degrees O ter Pictures amp Videos During side shows conmine for viewing O Landscape pictures C Play screensaver when connected to my PC and ide for 2 minutes Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 5 Select the Camera tab and set the following options Type filename p
23. and then select Move Up or Move Down Press OK Formatting Cells 1 Open the workbook you want to format 2 Highlight the cells you want to format To name the highlighted cell or range of cells press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Define Name Enter the name and select Add Press OK 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Cells 4 Select any of the following 5 Press OK Size Set the row height and column width Number Set the format for the numbers in the cells Align Set whether text wraps within the highlighted cells and set the horizontal and vertical alignment position Font Set the typeface color size and style attributes Borders Turn borders on and off for various cell edges and set the border and background colors Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 279 Formatting Rows and Columns 1 Open the workbook you want to format 2 Highlight the rows or columns you want to format 3 Press Menu right softkey and then select Format gt Row or Format gt Column 4 Select any of the following AutoFit Adjust the size of the highlighted rows or columns to their contents Hide Hide the highlighted rows or columns Unhide Display hidden rows or columns in the highlighted area You can adjust the column or row size by tapping and dragging the right edge of the column header or the bottom edge of the row header To
24. on page 65 Active syn ol ee ActiveSync Fait Server Settings User Information arver address User rame mi Thes the same as your Outlook web ver a ve Ths server requires an encrypted SSL connecter 8 Do either of the following and then press Next gt right softkey s If you want to enter your password each time you access this account uncheck the Save password box Section 3B Using the Email Features 127 s If you want your password entered automatically and your system administrator said itis OK to store your password on your Treo keep the check in the Save password box For increased security you may need to enter your password each time you access your email 9 Checkthe boxes for the types of information you want to sync with the Exchange server 10 Optional Highlight an item and select Settings to change the synchronization settings for that type of information Press OK to return to the Edit Server Settings screen If you want to download more than the email message header select E mail and increase the KB setting If you don t increase this setting you can manually download the rest of the message at your convenience Not all information types have settings 128 Section 3B Using the Email Features 11 Optional Press Menu right softkey and select EI c ir LB Advanced to set the rules for fixing syn
25. password can be used to authorize the purchase of Premium Services content and to protect personal information on multiphone accounts To learn more or to change your passwords sign on to www sprint com or call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 40 Section 1B Setting Up Service Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer In This Section Synchronization Methods What Can I Synchronize Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization Synchronizing With a USB Connection Synchronizing means that information that has been entered or updated in one place your Palm Treo 800w smart device your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other There s no need to enter information twice Some types of synchronization can happen on an automated schedule so you don t even have to think about it After you get into the habit of synchronizing regularly you can see what a powerful tool synchronization is for transferring updating and backing up large amounts of information on your Treo Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 41 Synchronization Methods There are a number of ways to make synchronization occur You can install desktop sync Software on your computer to synchronize or you may be able to synchronize wirelessly with an Exchange server You can also maximize your sync options and sync with both an Exchange server and desktop sync software Synchronizing With Desktop Sync
26. required for running the installation program If you do not have Adobe Flash Player on your computer you can download it for free from www adobe com Installing ActiveSync Desktop Software Windows XP If you have a Windows XP computer the desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software The Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device recognizes that you have a Windows XP computer and automatically directs you to install ActiveSync desktop software On your Treo the sync application is called ActiveSync 46 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer Do the following Ifyou are installing the software on a computer at work make sure your company allows you to install new software Contact your company s IT department for help f you want to sync pictures videos and music from your Windows Media Library you must install Windows Media Player 10 or later before you install ActiveSync desktop software 1 Close any applications that are currently running on your computer including those running in the background Your computer must have all its resources available before you can install the software 2 Insert the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device into the CD drive on your computer 3 Follow the installation instructions that appear on your computer When offered the option to set up synchronization with an Exchange server select No See Setting Up Wireless Sy
27. right softkey Authentication Set the method used to identify devices that connect to the network input vii hod Open The network uses open authentication Auhentxawon Open Shared The network uses shared authentication RENT WPA The network is a WPA network that uses The key ts automaticaly provided Network key 802 1x protocols Keyndex I WPA PSK The network is a WPA network that requires a password that is shared between the network and your Treo This password is also known as a pre shared key PSK WPA2 The network provides government grade security with an AES encryption algorithm WPA2 PSK The network is a WPA2 network that requires a pre shared key 192 Section 3F Using Wireless Connections Data Encryption Set the encryption method The options in this list vary based on your Authentication setting Disabled Turn data encryption off s WEP Turn on the Wired Equivalent Privacy encryption method TKIP Turn on the Temporal Key Integrity Protocol encryption method This method is often used to encrypt WPA and WPA PSK connections AES Turn on the Advanced Encryption Standard protocol This method is often used to encrypt WPA WPA PSK WPA2 and WPA2 PSK connections The key is automatically provided Set whether you need to specify the network key and key index provided by your system administrator or whether the network provides this informat
28. right softkey select Viewing a Map of a Contact s Address You can view a map of a contact s address directly from your Today screen 1 9 N aA 240 Make sure your phone is turned on and that you are inside a coverage area See Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 Go to your Today screen Using the keyboard begin entering one of the following for the contact you want to map s First name Last name First initial and last initial separated by a space First and last name Highlight the contact s name and press Center Select Find The Maps application opens and displays the contacts location on a map If you subscribe to the Sprint Navigation service you can also get driving directions Press Menu right softkey and select Directions To From or Drive To See Using Sprint Navigation on page 185 for additional information Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Deleting a Contact 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Contacts 3 Highlight the contact you want to delete 4 Press Menu c right softkey and select Delete Contact 5 Select Yes Customizing Contacts 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Contacts 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 4 Set any of the following options Show alphabetical index Display the alphabet at the top of the Contacts list Select a letter rang
29. then select Edit or Delete A deleted device can no longer automatically connect with your Treo Sending Information Over a Bluetooth Connection You can send an individual entry or file ETENE 1 Make sure the receiving device is ready to receive a Bluetooth connection 2 Highlight the entry or file you want to send To beam select a device A Infr 3 Press Menu c right softkey and select Beam If you don t see a Beam command select Send gt Beam instead The Beam and Send menu items change names based on the type of item you highlighted 4 Select the receiving device in the list When the transmission is complete Done appears next to the name of the receiving device Check your battery level before establishing a Bluetooth connection If the battery level is low you can t make a Bluetooth connection 198 Section 3F Using Wireless Connections Receiving Information Over a Bluetooth Connection 1 Go to your Today screen and then tap Bluetooth Q 2 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your Treo 3 If you haven t already set up a partnership with the transmitting device check the Make this device discoverable to other devices box to let the device find your Treo and request a connection 4 Press OK 5 When your Treo is receiving information a notification tells you that a transmission is in progress To stop th
30. touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body e Increase the relative humidity of your environment e Install ESD specific prevention items such as grounding mats Conditions That Enhance ESD Occurrences Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment include the following Low relative humidity Material type the type of material gathering the charge for example synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural fibers like cotton Section 8A Important Safety Information 393 e The rapidity with which you touch connect or disconnect electronic devices While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge static electricity if you are in an environment where you notice ESD events you may want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic equipment against ESD Owner s Record The model number regulatory number and serial number are located on a nameplate inside the battery compartment Record the serial number in the space provided below This will be helpful if you need to contact us about your phone in the future Model Treo 800w Smart Device Serial No User Guide Proprietary Notice CDMA Technology is licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or more of the following patents 4 901 307 5 109 390 5 267262 5 416 797 5 506 865 5 544496 5 657 420 5 101 501 5 267 261 5 414 796 5 504 773 5 535 239 5 600 754 5 778 338 5 228 05
31. 139 Downloading Attachments Automatically If you are synchronizing with Outlook on your computer and want to download attachments automatically do the following 1 9m RR o ND 7 Press Start 3 and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Options Select E mail and then select Settings Check the nclude file attachments box Optional To automatically download attachments up to a certain size only check the Only if smaller than box and enter the maximum attachment size Press OK h To automatically download attachments from an IMAP4 email account typically an ISP account or an account that you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN on page 341 do the following 140 1 2 oar amp Press Inbox Do one of the following lf you see the account list press Menu right softkey and select Options If you see the message list for a specific account press Menu C right softkey and select Tools gt Options On the Accounts tab select the IMAP4 account name Select Download Size Settings Select the Message download limit list and select Entire message Select the Download attachments list and then select either All attachments or one of the size limit options Press Done left softkey twice and then press OK Section 3B Using the Email Features
32. 343 discoverable setting 199 Dismiss softkey 83 display 397 See also screen Display clock on the title bar option 334 display formats 323 Display message on screen check box 321 display settings 318 322 323 displaying active calls 85 86 89 appointments 242 available applications 70 calendar 242 contacts 77 239 diagnostic information 336 documents 263 264 276 email messages 139 items in folders 269 283 maps 184 185 240 337 371 memory usage 338 menus 60 notes 286 notifications 321 organizer features 34 PDF files 288 289 pictures 216 287 playlists 232 power settings 338 space on expansion cards 338 speed dial buttons 78 Index spreadsheets 274 lasks 251 252 text messages 159 160 videos 216 230 Web favorites 175 Web pages 172 document file types 263 270 document templates 263 265 270 documentation 14 22 documents changing 263 copying and pasting text in 266 creating 263 265 deleting 269 displaying 263 264 276 finding and replacing text in 266 formatting text in 267 268 opening 265 renaming 269 saving 263 267 270 setting margins for 268 spell checking 268 documents list 269 270 Domain Enroll icon 343 Download Message command 139 Download messages option 150 Download size limit option 310 downloading Adobe Hash Player 46 attachments 139 140 152 email 135 149 151 310 files 176 298 images 176 Index Media Player Mobile 44 Outlook 23 ringtones 99 176 downwar
33. 79 80 document files 265 document templates 265 File Explorer 295 files 229 295 Internet Explorer 69 172 meeting requests 153 Mobile Device Center 49 PDF files 288 Quick Tour 15 shortcut menus 61 spreadsheet templates 275 sync software 48 49 text messages 159 160 Today screen 72 76 Web links 287 Windows Mobile Device Center 380 operating system device 348 379 396 operating systems PCs 46 Operator Services Sprint 17 optimizing power settings 338 Option key 25 57 65 Option Lock 65 options 61 62 247 Options screen ActiveSync 314 Calendar 248 Input Settings 327 Internet Explorer 177 Messaging 163 Notes 256 Pictures amp Videos 222 420 Tasks application 252 Windows Media 233 organizer features 31 34 orientation slides 271 Orientation tab 271 OTA Tasks Over the Air feature 250 Outbox 161 outgoing mail options 134 135 Outlook accessing folders for 363 copying addresses to 363 deleting email accounts for 135 downloading attachments and 140 downloading trial version of 23 entering appointments and 243 247 entering contacts in 238 installing 43 retrieving messages and 125 138 setting up client software for 370 synchronizing with 43 143 308 troubleshooting 348 overdue tasks 251 owner information 332 333 394 Owner Information screen 333 P Palm online support 15 Palm OS devices 348 paragraph formatting 267 partial envelope icon 139 partially charged battery icon 31 partnerships 198 379
34. Bluetooth PAN connections 118 Index Bluetooth Settings screen 197 199 C Bluetooth technology 377 CAB files 298 bonus software See built in applications calculations 256 273 277 bookmarks 174 Calculator application 256 257 border highlight 58 calculator buttons 257 borders in spreadsheets 272 279 Calculator icon 256 brightness adjusting 322 calendar Brightness command 213 adding appointments to 243 244 brightness icons camera 213 215 adding meeting requests 239 246 broadband services 116 adding untimed events to 244 browsing files and folders 295 305 displaying 242 built in applications 15 296 300 398 hiding appointments on 247 See also specific application moving through 243 built in camera See camera organizing events on 248 bulleted lists 263 268 286 removing events from 248 Burst mode camera 214 setting alarms for 245 249 buttons unavailable time slots on 247 assigning to playback controls 234 Calendar application 242 249 assigning voice commands to 325 Calendar button 25 242 associating with applications 324 calendar settings 248 creating speed dial 92 Calendar status field 73 disabling 328 calendar views 242 editing speed dial 94 Call Back number option 159 highlighting 58 call forwarding 88 navigating screen and 56 59 Call Log option 80 opening applications and 69 Call Sender command 160 playing voicemail messages and 84 93 call waiting 89 reassigning 256 324 caller ID applications 373 turning sounds on or
35. Command 3 3 Uncheck the Enabled box 4 Press OK Section 7A Help 353 I Can t Beam or Receive Information Via Infrared or Bluetooth Wireless Technology 1 Press Start 2 and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Beam amp Check the Receive all incoming beams box Press OK If beaming still does not work and your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether infrared or Bluetooth wireless technology features are disabled on your Treo aR wD Can t Save or Access Files on an Expansion Card e Make sure the card is not locked or copy protected e If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether removable storage features are disabled on your Treo I Can t Charge the Battery e If you re using a new battery or a new charger make sure the battery and charger are approved by Sprint or Palm for use with your Treo Failure to use an approved battery or charger may prevent your device from turning on or charging If you re using an existing approved battery the battery may have reached the end of its useful life and needs to be replaced See Replacing the Battery on page 351 for details 354 Section 7A Help Screen Make sure that third party applications support 320 x 320 screen resolution Some old
36. Files Each time you import pictures and videos from your Treo Windows Mobile Device Center creates a subfolder in the Pictures folder based on the current date and any tag you select during the import process To synchronize music files that originate on your Treo and pictures videos and music files that originate on your computer use Windows Media Player see Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files on page 227 Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files 209 210 Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos In This Section About Your Camera Taking Pictures and Videos Viewing Pictures and Videos Sending Pictures and Videos Organizing Pictures and Videos Using a Picture as the Today Screen Background Editing Pictures Customizing Your Pictures amp Videos Settings Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 211 About Your Camera Your Palm Treo 800w smart device comes with an easy to use built in 2 0 megapixel camera with 2x digital zoom You can use the camera to take and view pictures and videos and send them to your friends and family To add a personal touch to your Treo use your pictures as your Today screen background and as caller ID images Taking Pictures and Videos Taking a Picture By default pictures are stored in the My Pictures folder on your Treo If you want to store your pictures on an
37. Mobile scales Web page content to fit your Palm Treo 800w smart device screen so that you can view most of the information without scrolling left or right You can also start a Web search from your Today screen by selecting the Web Search field entering the item you want to find and then pressing Center on the 5 way 1 Make sure your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 2 Press Start and select Internet Explorer You can also open Internet Explorer by pressing and holding Option Phone Talk 3 Highlight the address line enter the address of the Web page you want to view and then press Center If you browse to a secure Web page the Lock icon in the address line appears closed instead of open 4 Press Menu gt right softkey select View and then select any of the following Zoom Level Set the size of the text and images on Web pages One Column Display Web pages in one column that is PEN as wide as the screen so that you don t have to scroll horizontally Fitto Screen Maintain a layout similar to what you see on a desktop computer but items appear smaller and the content is arranged so that you can see most of it without scrolling horizontally 172 Section 3D Browsing the Web Desktop Keep the same layout and size as on a desktop computer which requires both horizontal and vertical scrolling Full Screen Hide the title
38. Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Partial battery Li Battery has power but is partially drained Exclamation point Ct Battery needs to be charged immediately Tapping the battery icon opens a window showing the percentage level of charge left in the battery Maximizing Battery Life Battery life depends on how you use your Treo Consumption factors include signal strength use of accessories with Bluetooth wireless technology speakerphone usage and the type of calls you make data or voice Increase battery life by following these easy guidelines Charge your Treo whenever you re at your desk or charge it overnight each day The battery in your device has a much longer useful life when it is topped off frequently versus being charged after it is fully drained If you spend a lot of time using the camera games media players or other applications keep an eye on the battery icon and charge when necessary The wireless features of your Treo phone email messaging Web and any applications that use a Sprint Power Vision or Wi Fi connection generally consume more power than the nonwireless features Calendar Tasks Notes If you don t plan to use the wireless features on your device for a while turn off your wireless services see Turning Wireless Services On and Off on page 340 You can forward calls to a different number or let all calls be picked up by voicemail see Forwarding Calls on page 88 To quickly turn wire
39. Portable media device gt Set Up Sync Select the playlists and files you want to sync and then click Add Click Finish and then click Start Sync Be patient transferring media files to an expansion card can take several minutes To find your synchronized files update the library in Windows Media Player see Working With Libraries on page 231 The files appear in the updated libraries 228 For tips on using the desktop version of Windows Media Player go to the Help menu in Windows Media Player on your computer Section 4C Playing Media Files Playing Media Files 1 2 Press Start 2s and select Windows Media If you don t see Library in the upper left corner press Menu C right softkey and select Library To play a file that is not in a library go to the Library screen press Menu right softkey and select Open File Select the folder that contains the item you want to play such as a video song album or artist name and if necessary select a subfolder to select a specific item Press Play left softkey To repeat the current video or song press Menu right softkey and select Shuffle Repeat Use any of the following onscreen and keyboard controls gx UTE during playback Falling Angel Electric Angel or Center Play the current file or Center O Pause the current file or Left 4 Skip to the beginning of the current file or to
40. Security s ActiveSync with Norton Personal Firewall Section 7A Help 16 Verify with your computer hardware vendor that your operating system supports your internal USB controller A common cause of sync problems is the presence of protective software such as VPNs or firewalls on your computer or network If you are synchronizing to an Exchange server and you re unable to change your lock settings check with your system administrator to find out if a systemwide locking policy is in place Synchronization Finishes But Information Doesn t Appear Where It Should e With the included software your Treo can synchronize with the root folders of Contacts Calendar Tasks and Notes If you want to synchronize with a global Exchange Address Book you must copy the addresses to your local Contacts list in Microsoft Office Outlook Right click the addresses and select Add to Personal Address Book e Microsoft Office Outlook subfolders and public folders are not accessible with the included software You may want to use a third party solution instead e If you re trying to sync offline be sure to set your Microsoft Office Outlook Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks to be available offline e If you re still having problems try the following 1 Make sure you re synchronizing with the intended desktop personal information manager PIM The Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device lets you synchronize with Micros
41. Software To synchronize the information between your Treo and your computer the desktop synchronization software must be installed on your computer and you must connect your device to your computer using one of the following methods Connect using the USB sync cable When you connect your device to your computer using the sync cable synchronization begins automatically See Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 50 e Connect using Bluetooth wireless technology You must first set up the Bluetooth connection See Synchronizing Over a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection on page 312 e Connect using infrared IR technology You must first set up your computer to receive infrared beams See Synchronizing Over an Infrared Connection on page 313 If you have a Windows XP computer The desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software You must install this software from the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device that came with your Treo even if you have already installed a previous version of desktop sync software See Installing ActiveSync Desktop Software Windows XP on page 46 If you have a Windows Vista computer The desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center This software may already be installed on your computer However we recommend that you use the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device to ensure that the sync software is properly installed You can
42. Sprint Power Vision The Basics isses nna 113 Getting Started With Sprint Power Vision 00 c eee e ete ee eee e ence eee ee 114 Accessing Sprint Power VISION 2 72 5 ore er TRA RE ees ieee dil Laced eee see ad 115 Using Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device as a Modem sese 116 Using Sprint IMs assiste hte te Moe rb o EE Rb TA TOS ATE TANDEM Depas 119 Using Pocket Express 3B Using the Email Features 000 ccc cnt hh 123 Getting Started With Email atin in Wit aie Gn olan dae tice ete RO REQUE T RR PUR mea tanta 124 Getting Email and Microsoft Outlook Information From Your Corporate Microsoft Excharige Servers c v emet meten aetate qe ERR lod a aidan einen 125 Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account isssssssssss mn 130 Sending and Receiving Email Messages ssssssssssseee n 136 Working With Email Messages ticchiti ipande otun ee kae EXERRERERREDER RENE YE Edad Working With Meeting Invitations oiscesue uu e RA yn er RH EREETEMRR M ERA EA EXER EK Sending Email Messages From Within Another Application 00 c cece cece eee eens SC Using Messaging 0 ccc ccc cence enn tenet hh has About Messaging Sending and Receiving Messages 06s cece ccc n tence en Mariaging Your Messages ecosuxe xe E RERRREDNRGORH YEREAO A ENLEERERERRURUN ERR Qe T darmi Customizing Your Messaging Settings 0 cece cece cee e ene eee ent n eens
43. Sprint Power Vision username is automatically assigned to you Your username which resembles an email address for example name sprintpcs com is used with Sprint Mail and Messaging services Your Sprint Power Vision username is simply an additional address that identifies your Sprint Account When your Treo is enabled with Sprint Power Vision Services your username automatically appears on the About screen To find your username 1 Press Start 3 and select Settings f 2 Select the System tab and then select About B 3 Select the Phone tab and then scroll down to Data user name Sprint Power Vision Symbols on Your Screen When you are connected to Sprint Power Vision services a data connection icon appears at the top of the Today screen See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 107 for a description of the various data connection icons Sprint Power Vision Billing Information See your service plan or contact Sprint for details on Sprint Power Vision billing Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics 115 Using Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device as a Modem Internet Connection Sharing ICS is the feature that converts your Treo into a modem so that you can access the Internet from your laptop computer anywhere on the Sprint advanced wireless high speed data network You can use this feature to send and receive email browse the Internet and access your company s network anywhere on the
44. Synchronize your Treo with the server to receive and send new messages Adding a Signature to Your Messages You can use a different signature with each email account 1 Press Inbox S 2 Do one of the following f you see the account list press Menu right softkey and select Options s If you see the message list for a specific account press Menu gt right softkey and select Tools gt Options 3 On the Accounts tab select Signatures 4 Select the account for which you want to create a signature 146 Section 3B Using the Email Features 5 Check the Use signature with this account box to add this signature to new messages you create with this account Signatures 6 Optional Check the Use when replying and forwarding DOX sce to add this signature to messages you reply to and forward Outo E mail gt with this account Ae ismod 7 Highlight the text in the signature field at the bottom of the rites a soretes here screen and enter the signature text you want to use 8 Press OK Customizing Your Inbox Settings 1 Press Inbox 2 Do one of the following f you see the account list press Menu C right softkey and select Options s If you see the message list for a specific account press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 3 On the Accounts tab set either of the following options
45. Tap the list in the upper left corner and then select Storage Card Select the folder or files you want to view After you finish viewing the information press OK files or folders to better match their contents 1 NOT AR amp O ND Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Press Start z and select File Explorer Tap the list in the upper left corner and then select My Device Highlight the file or folder you want to rename Press Menu gt right softkey and select Rename Enter the new name and then press Center Press OK i Before copying information to or renaming the files or folders on an expansion card make sure the card is not write protected For details see the instructions that came with your card Section 6A Managing Files and Applications ay at some point want to rename the 305 Encrypting an Expansion Card When you encrypt an expansion card the info on the card can be read only by your Treo so no one can see what s on the card if it is lost or stolen 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start zz and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Encryption E 4 Check the Encrypt files placed on storage cards box If your organization enforces an encryption policy you can see that the box is checked but you cannot uncheck it 306 Section 6A M
46. USING Windows Ne aser ee eee e nO ele RD EC P RR ERA na ava abies Ra i aed 3D Browsing the Web 2 ccc cece EErEE E DE ssh hh hh hh hh hrs Viewing a Web Pang cese inr ha REN RSeEA RS OE aside EROR RA NAREATARIAQURESEQS Working WII Favorites eec lcke entiers eee hevEYm UR peers peXadieet PSE X Y paie eie tod Working With Web Pages 00 cece eee eee ene eee Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings Searching the Web From Your Today Screen 6 c cece enn een SE Using GPS Finding a Poinpor Interest sss aa eik d RR eg oak Pee edd eased RR dee te ened Deu Sad NETAS Using Maps Using Sprint Navigati n 3 252222 sie Let PERRA ROMA DRAIN EAE TIC AERA oe SF Using Wireless Connections 0 ccc ccc ehh Connecting to a Wi Fi Network i srn cll tanna i enei dA DATPL RP PUR UPADA CD E RETE A Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology Beaming Information WIRVIH e sireeni a x AREE DE ER NR ERRARE CHE ERES LPEPEGG Section 4 Your Portable Media Device sisse nnn 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files 0 ccc c ccc ence tence nt hne Synchronizing Your Pictures Videos and Music 660 c cect eee eee eh Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows XP sssssssssssse esee 206 Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows Vista 06 0000 cece cece nee 208 4B Working With Your Pictures and Vide
47. Voice Quality Section 7A Help 347 Although we can t anticipate all the situations that might arise this chapter provides helpful information and answers to some of the most commonly asked questions For additional information and technical support visit palm com treo800wsprint support Transferring Information From Another Device For information on transferring your information from a previous Windows Mobile device or from a Palm OS by ACCESS device to your new Palm Treo 800w smart device visit palm com treo800wsprint support If you have questions about Windows Mobile you can also go to the Microsoft Windows Mobile Web site www windowsmobile com and search for information on Palm devices To prevent your Treo from malfunctioning do not use a backup utility to transfer your information from another device to your new Treo In addition do not use a backup utility to back up and restore your information if you update the operating system on your Treo Trouble Installing the Desktop Software on a Windows XP Computer The desktop synchronization software lets you synchronize with Microsoft Outlook 2003 or later You must have Outlook 2003 or later sold separately installed on your computer and you should install and open Outlook before you install or use Microsoft ActiveSync technology If you don t have Outlook 2003 or later installed on your computer insert the CD into your computer s CD
48. Why Use a Wi Fi Connection A Wi Fi connection is especially helpful in the following situations e You re outside a coverage area and you want to access the Web e Your Sprint service plan incurs additional charges for data services and you want to minimize data service charges by using a Wi Fi connection instead e You re inside a coverage area but outside a Sprint Mobile Broadband Network A Wi Fi connection may provide faster throughput than a 1xRTT data connection e You want to maintain a Web connection while talking on the phone You can use a Wi Fi connection for scheduled synchronization with an Exchange server but you must use the Sprint Mobile Broadband Network to take advantage of Microsoft Direct Push technology for wireless synchronization with an Exchange server Are there different types of Wi Fi networks There are two types of Wi Fi networks e Open networks These networks broadcast their name SSID and do not require you to enter a password or other settings To learn how to connect to an open network see Connecting to an Open Network on page 190 188 Section SF Using Wireless Connections e Secure networks These networks may broadcast their name but at the very least they may also require you to enter a password that you get from a system administrator Secure networks may also require you to get other network settings from the system administrator and enter them during setup To learn how to
49. You can enter symbols and accented characters that don t appear on the keys by using the alternate characters list Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 65 1 Press Alt at to display the alternate characters list 2 Narrow the list by pressing the key that corresponds to the character you want See the following table for a list of corresponding characters The alternate characters are grouped according to their similarity to the corresponding key For example the alternate character available for the R key is and for the T key is If you press the wrong key press Backspace to return to the full list of alternate characters You can then press another key 3 Press Up a or Down w to highlight the desired character 4 Press Center to insert the character If you don t know which key to press to narrow the list when entering a symbol you can scroll through the full list until you find the character you want If you want to enter an underscore select it from the list that appears when you press Alt by itself 66 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Symbols and Accented Characters Press Alt and then press to select a aaaaaae A AAAAKAE bor B B c C Cco d tt D tD e E iif i orL n o 66000600 O
50. Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device as a Modem Using Sprint TV Using Pocket Express Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics 113 Getting Started With Sprint Power Vision Sprint Power Vision provides wireless access to the Internet anywhere on the Sprint National Network To sign up for Sprint Power Vision services or to access complete instructions visit www sprint com For information on charges associated with features that use a Sprint Vision connection refer to your Sprint service plan Enabling Sprint Power Vision 1 Make sure that the phone of your Palm Treo 800w smart device is turned on as described in Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 2 Press Start and select Internet Explorer to open the Web browser Wait until the one time setup process is complete 4 Press OK to close Internet Explorer Mobile and then reopen to begin browsing the Web w To see a connection approval message each time you connect to the Internet go to your Today screen press Menu right softkey and select Preferences gt Phone Settings Select the Services tab and then select Data Settings Uncheck the Allow connection to the Internet box 114 Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics Accessing Sprint Power Vision Once your Treo is activated you are signed in and ready to connect to Sprint Power Vision Services at any time Sprint Power Vision Username Your
51. a chat session Usb iv Pe Wb 7 09 PM Goo from your message list the upper part of the screen displays all the messages you ve exchanged with this contact and the lower Bo 13 PM Oh qood I have to leave at 11 part provides a text entry area anyway 1 From your Messaging Inbox folder do one of the following Start a new chat Select a message and reply to it O GJ orhara 1 message Continue an existing chat Select a message with the mmm chat e icon 2 Enter your message 3 Press Send left softkey 160 Section 3C Using Messaging Using Links in Messages When you receive a text message that contains a telephone number email address or URL you can dial the number send an email message or go to the Web page immediately Your Treo automatically opens the appropriate application from the link 1 Open a message in the Inbox or another folder 2 Select the phone number email address or URL appears as underlined blue text Managing Your Messages Message Status Icons The status icons that appear next to each message in the Inbox and Outbox indicate the following Eg An unread text message A read text message E Multiple messages exchanged with a single recipient chat An urgent message This icon appears below the message size on the right side of the screen Unread messages appear in bold Messages you ve read appear in plain text Section 3C Using Messagin
52. alarms and serves as the speaker for the speakerphone feature and other audio playback Battery Door protects the battery compartment MicroUSB Connector enables you to attach the sync cable the AC charger or a hands free headset to your Treo Use only headsets that are compatible with your Treo Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device The Treo speaker includes a large magnet so be sure to keep your device away from credit cards or other items that could become demagnetized Top View 1 Wi Fi Button turns the Wi Fi feature on and 1 off and enables you to search for and connect to available Wi Fi networks 2 Ringer Switch controls the ringer setting When the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off amp it silences all sounds at once LA A g including music so you don t need to navigate through menus to turn sounds on and off See System Sound Settings on page 319 for details on changing the settings 3 Stylus allows you to tap options on your Treo screen To use the stylus slide it out of the slot and hold it as you would a pen or pencil E a Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 27 Inserting the Battery 28 Use only batteries and chargers that are approved by Sprint or Palm with your device Failure to use an approved battery or charger may prevent your device from turning on or charging may void your Treo warrant
53. also use the CD to install this User Guide on your computer and bonus software on your Treo 42 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer Regardless of the desktop sync software you use the sync application on your Treo is called ActiveSync Synchronizing Wirelessly With the Server You can set up your Treo to synchronize email and other information wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 200 or with Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync see Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 308 If you choose this method synchronization takes place automatically after setup You do not need to install the software from the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device If you have a Windows XP computer we recommend that you install the desktop sync software from the CD even if you synchronize wirelessly with the server You need the desktop sync software to synchronize pictures videos music files and other information directly with your computer What Can I Synchronize You must have Microsoft Outlook 2003 or later installed on your computer to synchronize the information in these applications 23 Contacts E Calendar 3 E mail Tasks The information in these applications synchronizes with Outlook by default whether you use desktop sync software or wireless synchronization with Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync If you don t already have Outlook installed on y
54. an application from your computer you must first install the desktop sync software on your computer see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 46 On your computer open My Computer or Windows Explorer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista Copy the application file s into the p Mobile Device folder Connect your Treo to your computer to synchronize and install the application s on your device Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Installing Applications Onto an Expansion Card 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot on your Treo see Inserting and Removing Expansion Cards on page 302 2 Connect your Treo to your computer 3 On your computer open the ActiveSync window Windows XP or Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista 4 Click Explore 7 5 Double click My Windows Mobile Based Device p to open the Mobile Device folder 6 Copy the application file s into the Storage Card folder inside the Mobile Device folder Getting Help With Third Party Applications If you encounter a problem such as an error message with a third party application contact the application s author or vendor For general troubleshooting of third party applications see Third Party Applications on page 373 Make sure that the third party application supports 320 x 320 screen resolution Some older applications have screen size limitations Third party applications should also be writt
55. and BPP Display e 320 x 320 pixel touch sensitive LCD screen includes stylus 65 536 colors 16 bit color User adjustable brightness Keyboard e Built in QWERTY keyboard plus 5 way navigator Backlight for low lighting conditions Included software Today Phone includes Speed Dial and Dial Pad lessaging text and email nternet Explorer Mobile Web browser aps Camera Pictures amp Videos Windows Media Player Mobile File Explorer Contacts Calendar Tasks Notes Calculator ActiveSync device and desktop software Microsoft Direct Push technology Windows Live Section 8B Specifications 397 Excel Mobile Word Mobile PowerPoint Mobile OneNote Mobile Handmark Pocket Express Solitaire Bubble Breaker Astraware Sudoku Aces Texas Hold em Limit Voice Command My Treo Quick Tour Search Terminal Services Picsel PDF Viewer Sprite Backup Bejeweled 2 on CD WorldMate on CD System Windows XP Service Pack 2 or Windows Vista with USB port requirements Later versions may also be supported e Some wireless features require Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 or later Operating and 82 F to 113 F 0 C to 45 C storage e 5 to 90 RH temperature range Included software continued 398 Section 8B Specifications Index Numerics account picker 147 TxRTT network icon 357 accounts TxRTT n
56. and Treo f 09 x99 A amp 10 312 Make sure your computer is set up for synchronization see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 46 Do one of the following Windows XP On your computer right click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of the screen and select Connection Settings Windows Vista Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Check the Allow connections to one of the following box and then select the Bluetooth COM port you set up on your computer On your Treo press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth Q Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box Press Start 2 and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Connect via Bluetooth If this is the first time you re making a Bluetooth connection to this computer follow the onscreen prompts to set up a Bluetooth partnership with this computer See Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology on page 196 for more information on partnerships Select Sync Section 6B Synchronizing Information 11 When synchronization is complete press Menu right softkey and select Disconnect Bluetooth Synchronizing Over an Infrared Connection If your compu
57. and select Now Playing Delete a file from the playlist Highlight the file and then select Remove x View more information about a file Highlight the file and select Properties Remove all items from the Now Playing playlist Press Menu right softkey and select Clear Now Playing 232 Section 4C Playing Media Files Keep the playlist so you can play it later Press Menu right softkey select Save Playlist and then enter a name for the playlist You can also move a file on the Now Playing playlist by tapping and dragging it to a new position Customizing Windows Media Player Mobile 1 If necessary go to the Playback screen by pressing OK to close the current screen 2 Press Menu c right softkey and select Options 3 On the Playback tab set any of the following options Show time as Set whether the time remaining or time Options elapsed appears on the Playback screen Shest nie bet Pause playback while using another program Set whether playback continues if you switch to another application Resume playback after a phone call Set whether playback continues after you finish a phone call 4 Select the Video tab and select either of the following options Play video in full screen Set whether videos automatically play in full screen format Scale to fit window Set whether videos are automatically scaled to fit the Playback Screen 5 Select the Network tab and set the
58. any of the following options Event Select which action you want to change the settings for The remaining options vary based on the action you select event aT Play sound Turn the sound on and off for the selected Oys p event To select a different sound select the list to the gt m right of this setting and then select a different sound To I Totzzin whan ror hi preview the sound select Play Repeat Set whether a Reminder tone plays more than once if Play Sound is turned on Display message on screen Set whether a notification message appears onscreen for the selected event Vibrate Set whether your Treo vibrates to notify you about the selected event 5 Select the Manage tab and do any of the following To record a sound press Menu gt right softkey and select New Sound To preview a sound select it and then press Play left softkey JE Settings Sounds amp Notifications Vibrate when ringer switch o Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 321 To delete a sound highlight it and then press Backspace CJ To send a sound highlight it press Menu right softkey and then select Send Sound 6 Press OK Display and Appearance Settings Adjusting the Brightness 1 Press Option and then press Backlight f 2 Press Left 4 and Right to adjust the brightness 3 Press OK You can
59. are exchanging messages with more than one person select End all conversations to stop all the sessions at once From the Messenger contacts list screen press Menu right softkey and select options to add block or remove a contact change your status to Busy Away and so on add a display picture or personal message and more Section 3C Using Messaging 169 170 Section 3C Using Messaging Section 3D Browsing the Web In This Section Viewing a Web Page Working With Favorites Working With Web Pages Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings Searching the Web From Your Today Screen To browse the Web you must activate Sprint Power Vision data services see Enabling Sprint Power Vision on page 114 or you must establish a connection to a Wi Fi network see Connecting to a Wi Fi Network on page 188 Internet Explorer Mobile provides quick and easy access to Web pages You can view most of the sites you use on your computer including those with security and advanced features such as JavaScript and frames Internet Explorer Mobile supports JavaScript Secure Sockets Layer SSL and cookies but does not support plug ins Flash Shockwave and so on or Java applets For additional information on features supported by Internet Explorer Mobile visit www microsoft com Section 3D Browsing the Web 171 Viewing a Web Page By default Internet Explorer
60. are roaming before placing a call or making a data connection so that you are aware that you might incur extra charges 1 Press Start g and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone 3 Select the Services tab and then select Roaming 4 Select the Network selection list and select the networks with which you want to allow your phone to make a connection Allow roaming Set your phone to determine the best network either home or roaming with which to connect Home network only Set your phone to connect only to the Nationwide Sprint PCS network Roaming networks only Set your phone to connect to roaming networks only Phone To aces settings for a service select it g list xatibility HAC Clear Voicemail Icon 106 Section 2B Using the Phone Features 5 Select the following roaming warning options Before outgoing calls Set an alert to appear warning you that you are on a roaming network when you attempt to dial an outgoing call Select Auto Always or Never Auto displays a warning when you roam outside the U S and Always displays a warning when you roam outside your home network Before data connections Prevent data connections while roaming Select Automatic Always or Never Automatic displays a warning when you attempt to make a data connection while roaming outside the U S and Always displays a warning when you attempt to make a data connec
61. bar Display the Tasks entry bar at the top of the Tasks list 4 Press OK Notes Notes are a great way to capture thoughts questions and meeting notes on your Treo To take advantage of all the sync features available in the Notes application make sure the desktop synchronization software is installed on your computer See Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 46 for details 252 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Creating a Note 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select Notes F 3 Press New left softkey 4 Doone of the following Type the text with the keyboard Write the text with the stylus Enter the text by tapping the onscreen keyboard Press Menu right softkey select Draw and then draw a sketch with the stylus crossing at least three ruled lines 5 Press OK Did you know You can add several voice notes within a single note Recording a Voice Note You can create a new voice note or add a recording to an existing note 1 Press Start 2s and select Programs 2 Select Notes F Tp o O You can also press and hold the Side button to open the Notes application 3 Do either of the following To add a recording to a note open the note to which you want to add the recording To create a new voice note press New left softkey Section 5A Using th
62. by pressing and holding 1 bypassing the need for you to enter your password If you do not activate Skip Pass Code your Treo uses the Voicemail Pass Code feature which requires you to enter your password each time you want to access your voicemail If you are concerned about unauthorized access to your voicemail account we recommend that you use the Voicemail Pass Code feature For more information about using your voicemail see Using Voicemail on page 83 e amp ures s Ld Section 1B Setting Up Service 39 Creating Sprint Account Passwords As a Sprint customer you enjoy unlimited access to your personal account information your voicemail account and your Sprint Power Vision account To ensure that no one else has access to your information you need to create passwords to protect your privacy Account Password If you are the account owner you create an account username and password when you sign on to www sprint com To get started click Need to register for access in the sign in area of the Web site If you are not the account owner if someone else receives the bill for your Sprint service you can get a subaccount password at www sprint com Voicemail Password You create your voicemail password when you set up your voicemail See Setting Up Your Voicemail on page 39 Sprint Power Vision Password With your Treo you can choose to set up a Sprint Power Vision password This optional
63. closest font available e Lists indented lists are mapped to the closest indentation level supported by Word Mobile e Underline styles unsupported styles are mapped to one of the four supported styles regular dotted wavy or thick bold wide The following features are not supported on your Treo but they remain in the file so that when you open the file on your computer they appear as expected e Charts e Comments e Footnotes endnotes headers footers e Page breaks although undisplayed all page breaks except a break placed at the end of a document are retained in the document SmartArt shapes and text boxes To copy a file from your computer to your Treo open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer copy the file into the Mobile Device folder You can also use the Files sync folder to copy files from your computer to your Treo as described in Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files on page 260 By default files you create and edit in Word Mobile are saved in DOCX RTF TXT or DOTX format However you can change the settings to save files in DOC RTF TXT or DOT format 264 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Creating a Document 1 Press Start s and select Office Mobile 2 Select Word Mobile jz 3 If an empty document appears onscreen go to step 4 if the document list appears onscreen press New left softkey 4 Enter the text of the document
64. desired changes Press OK d If your speed dial buttons are visible you can edit a speed dial button by highlighting the button you want to edit pressing and holding Center to open the shortcut menu and then selecting Edit Speed Dial Deleting a Speed Dial Button 1 2 3 4 5 Go to your Today screen Press Menu right softkey and select Speed Dial Options Highlight the speed dial button you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Select Yes to confirm deletion Arranging Your Speed Dial Buttons 94 1 2 3 4 Go to your Today screen Press Menu right softkey and select Speed Dial Options Highlight the button you want to move Press Option Up a Down w Right or Left 4 to move the button in that direction Press OK j Section 2B Using the Phone Features Using a Phone Headset You can connect a phone headset for hands free operation If driving while using a phone is permitted in your area we recommend using a headset or a hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor vehicle or riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and or others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside
65. device e To make a call using a Bluetooth hands free device enter the number on your Treo and then press Phone Talk e To transfer a call from the handset to a Bluetooth hands free device during a call press Menu c right softkey and select Connect Bluetooth To transfer the call back to the handset press Menu gt right softkey and select Cancel Bluetooth e To transfer a call from a wired headset to a Bluetooth hands free device unplug the wired headset and press the button on the Bluetooth hands free device e If you have more than one compatible Bluetooth hands free device the one you connected to your Treo last becomes the active device 98 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Customizing Phone Settings Turn on your phone to access your phone settings See Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 Selecting Ringtones and Vibrate Settings You can set various tones for various types of incoming phone calls and notifications You can download MP3 MIDI QCELP WAV and WMA ringtones directly to your Treo see Downloading Files and Images From a Web Page on page 176 You can also download ringtones to your computer and then email them to your device Press Start 2 and select Settings On the Personal tab select Sounds amp Notifications GA Select the Notifications tab Select the Event list and then select which type of call or notification you want to set the ringtone for
66. following s To copy a file from your computer to your device copy or save the file in the DocumentsNDocuments on device name s gt Device folder on your computer To copy a file from your device to your computer copy or save the file in the My Device gt My Documents folder on your device 2 Connect your Treo to your computer with the USB sync cable Synchronization takes place automatically The Documents on device name s gt Device folder is created when you select the option to sync files Where Are the Changes I Made to My File Don t look for the changed file in its original location on your computer Only the synchronized version of the file contains the changes To find the synchronized file do one of the following Windows XP Do either of the following e On your computer desktop double click the device name My Documents icon This is a shortcut to the Files sync folder e In ActiveSync desktop software double click Files The location of the Files sync folder appears in the File Synchronization Settings dialog box under On this computer synchronize the files in this folder Windows Vista Open the Documents Documents on device name s gt Device folder On Your Treo Press Start and select File Explorer Select the list in the upper left corner and select My Device gt My Documents 262 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Word Mobile You can create and edit docu
67. following options Protocol Set the available protocols You must select at least one protocol You can also set a UDP port Internet Connection Speed Set the speed of your network connection and whether you want the device to detect connection speed Section 4C Playing Media Files 233 6 Select the Library tab and set whether the Library screen or the Playback screen appears when you open Windows Media Player Mobile 7 Select the Skins tab and select Previous or Next until you display the skin you want as the players background 8 Select the Buttons tab and do any of the following to change any of the available button settings Assign a button Highlight the item you want to set select Assign and then press the button you want to use for that item Restore an item s factory setting Highlight the item and select Reset Unassign an item Highlight the item and select None 9 Press OK i You can preserve battery life by assigning a button to toggle the screen off and on during playback On the Buttons tab set the Toggle option and then press the assigned key for instance S to turn the screen on and off during playback 234 Section 4C Playing Media Files Section 5 Your Wireless Organizer Sprint ahead 236 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features In This Section Contacts Calendar Tasks Notes Calculator Section 5A Using the Orga
68. guide are designed to help you do just that Section 1 Your Setup guides you through the process of setting up your new Treo your Sprint service and your computer Section 2 Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device shows you the basics of your Treo and service with quick easy to follow instructions This section also describes the phone features on your device and shows you how to use Sprint service features such as voicemail and call waiting Section 3 Your Sprint Power Vision and Other Wireless Connections shows you how to use Web browsing messaging and email It also describes other types of wireless connections such as Wi Fi and Bluetooth wireless technology Section 4 Your Portable Media Device shows you how to use the camera feature on your Treo and how to transfer and listen to music files on your device Section 5 Your Wireless Organizer guides you through the process of using the built in full featured organizer that gives you instant access to your Contacts Calendar Tasks Memos Calculator and more Section 6 Your Information and Settings describes the tools for managing files and applications and the preferences that enable you to customize your Treo Section 7 Your Resources answers frequently asked questions and shows you what to do if something goes wrong It also includes a helpful glossary of terms Section 8 Your Safety and Specifications outlines recommended safety and maintenance guidelines and lists the tech
69. hold Center O to open the shortcut menu and then select Save to Contacts 4 Enter the information for the entry 5 Press OK You can also save contact information from other applications such as Messaging Forwarding Calls You can forward calls to another phone number Please check with Sprint about availability and pricing of forwarded calls additional charges may apply 1 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 2 Enter 72 followed by the number to which you want to forward your calls For example 724155551234 3 Press Phone Talk iJ A confirmation tone sounds 4 When you re ready to turn off call forwarding dial 720 and then press Phone Talk i If 72 and 720 do not turn call forwarding on and off please contact Sprint to obtain the forwarding codes for your area After you turn on call forwarding call your Treo to confirm that call forwarding is active Managing Multiple Calls Your Treo offers many advanced telephone features including call waiting and three way calling When you re handling multiple calls at the same time keep the following in mind e When you re on a call you can make a second call and create a three way conference call but you cannot swap between the two calls 88 Section 2B Using the Phone Features e When you re on a call and a second call comes in you can swap between the two calls but you cannot create
70. index networks 193 Key index setting 193 keyboard accessing alternate characters on 65 customizing 326 328 dialing from 76 77 79 entering information with 63 64 66 328 entering passwords and 332 installing third party applications and 373 locking 329 scrolling with 57 selecting menu items from 61 sending email and 145 setting key combinations for 324 Index keyboard backlight 63 keyboard settings 326 328 keyboard specifications 397 Keyguard 328 329 Keyguard Settings screen 329 L LANS See local area networks large files 374 Large Small keys option 327 leading zeros 323 LED light 24 30 Legacy Pocket Word files 263 lens camera 26 Letter Recognizer option 326 libraries media 231 232 Library command 229 230 Library screen 229 230 234 Library tab 234 lightning bolt icon 30 Li lon technology 378 See also battery lines moving to beginning and end of 58 linking to media libraries 231 links See Web links list separators 323 Listen softkey 83 lists closing 62 creating 268 286 displaying 263 264 formatting 267 highlighting items in 57 59 62 415 scrolling through 57 selecting items in 62 Live Mail 165 167 Live Messenger 167 Live Search 164 Live Search bar 166 Live Search field 73 179 Live Search icon 164 local area networks 341 locating email messages 143 information 294 Sprint Power Vision usernames 115 Location Privacy icon 104 Location Privacy options 104 182 184 185 location specifi
71. it and press Backspace To send a sound highlight it press Menu right softkey and select Send Sound You can also select tones for events other than phone calls For example select a tone to let you know when a new email message arrives or when your Treo detects a wireless network Adjusting Volume Settings 100 Call volume While a call is in progress press the Volume button on the side of your Treo to adjust the call volume Music Video volume While playing music or a video press the Volume button to adjust the music video volume Section 2B Using the Phone Features e Ringer volume When a call is not in progress and you are not playing music or a video press the Volume button to adjust the ringer volume You can also set sounds for messaging notifications and calendar reminders See Selecting Sounds amp Notifications on page 320 Assigning a Picture and Ringtone ID to a Contact 1 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 Press Menu right softkey and select Contacts Press Menu c right softkey and select Edit Select Picture 9g so ND picture for this contact entry Highlight the contact that you want to give a picture caller ID Select Camera to take a picture and add it to this contact entry or select an existing 7 Scroll down to the Ring tone field and then select a tone for this contact entry Selecting Your Call Settings 1
72. item or press Left or Menu right softkey to close the menu and cancel your selection 60 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device You can select most menu items by pressing a key on the keyboard To quickly access a menu item press Menu right softkey followed by the underlined letter in the menu item s name Selecting Items in a Shortcut Menu Most applications also provide access to context sensitive shortcut menus similar to the right click menus on a computer The shortcut menu items vary based on the highlighted A Meet with D and Nanc selection iae fia cial jew APOE 1 Highlight the item or text for which you want to see a operi Mmmm shortcut menu Team meeting 2 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu Press Up a or Down to highlight a menu item 4 Press Center to select the menu item or press Left 4 to cancel your selection LEE You can also tap and hold the stylus on an item to open the shortcut menu oo Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 61 Selecting Options in a List Lists enable you to select from a range of options You can identify whether a list is available when you select the field If a rectangle appears around the field along with a downward pointing arrow a list is available Lists are different from the menus described earlier in this section When selecting fields you might not see
73. multiple recipients separate the addresses by pressing Option K to enter a semicolon To enter an underscore _ in an address press Alt and select the underscore symbol from the list 5 Select Subject and enter a title for the message EAE eon OD 6 Press Down w to go to the body of the message Beit aD trwashjr company com 7 Enter your message or press Menu gt right softkey select My Text and then select a predefined phrase you want to insert 8 Optional Press Menu right softkey and do any of the following Select Insert select the type of item you want to attach and then select the file or record a voice note Select Spell Check Select Message Options select the Priority list select a setting for the message and then press OK 9 Press Send left softkey To save storage space on your Treo turn off the option to save sent messages in the Sent folder In the Inbox application press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select the Message tab and then uncheck the Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder box Section 3B Using the Email Features 137 Receiving Email Messages How you receive email messages depends on the type of account you are using and how you synchronize Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync New email messages are sent to your Treo when they appear on the server according to the schedule you set up or whe
74. noises and use the headset only if it is legal and you can do so safely To charge your Treo while using a wired headset you must use a Palm Treo 800 Power Audio Adapter sold separately For information on this accessory visit palm com treo800wsprint support Section 2B Using the Phone Features e 1 Microphone 2 Headset Button 3 Speakers The headset button is context sensitive and it performs various actions based on the situation You can press the headset button to perform any of the following tasks 96 Answer an incoming call Respond to call waiting Hang up all calls Swap between calls if the second call is an incoming call Create a conference call if the second call is an outgoing call Section 2B Using the Phone Features Headset Specifications You can use the headset that came with your Treo or compatible third party headsets Here are tips for selecting a headset e Your Treo works with headsets that have a microUSB standard B connector that is USB 2 0 compatible To use a headset with a 2 5mm 3 pin connector you must attach an adapter sold separately e When in doubt ask the third party headset manufacturer if the product is compatible with your Treo 800w smart device If you hear a headset buzz or poor microphone performance your headset may be incompatible with your Treo e Headsets designed for previous Treo smart devices are not compatible with the Treo 8
75. off for 321 caller ID blocking 87 Buttons Settings screen 324 caller ID pictures 101 212 238 Buttons tab 234 calling cards 17 calls See phone calls camcorder icon 212 Index 403 camera adjusting brightness 213 215 battery life and 31 capturing videos with 214 215 changing resolution 213 215 freeing internal memory and 374 setting timer for 218 taking pictures with 212 214 286 371 troubleshooting 371 372 Camera icon 212 214 camera lens 26 Camera Preview Mode 372 camera settings 222 223 camera specifications 396 Camera tab 223 cancelling onscreen selections 60 62 capitalization 64 328 Caps Lock 64 carrying cases 344 case sensitive searching 266 282 cell patterns spreadsheets 272 certificates 174 335 changing alarm sounds 335 backlight shut off 64 connections 341 contacts 239 date and time settings 333 lock codes 330 passwords 40 picture or video resolution 213 215 speed dial buttons 94 spreadsheets 272 404 synchronization settings 48 310 314 334 system colors 318 voicemail buttons 93 Word documents 263 character sets 177 characters adding passkeys and 197 capitalizing 64 328 creating text messages and 157 158 dialing phone numbers and 84 92 entering 64 326 inserting in spreadsheets 275 277 setting Exchange Server options and 309 typing alternate 65 charger cable 29 chargers optional 344 charging battery icon 30 charging Treo 28 30 charts 273 281 282 Chat icon 160 chat ses
76. on page 319 1 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today ip camiy 2s Sr Screen on page 76 2 MERE fe 2 Press Menu right softkey and select New Speed Dial 3 Do either of the following Select Link to contact select the contact you want to link to this button and then select the number you want to dial with this button Select Label and enter a name for this button and then select Number and enter the phone number you want to dial with this button You can enter additional numbers to dial such as a password or extension You can also enter the star and pound symbols To enter a one second pause enter a comma To enter a two second pause enter p To indicate that you want to press the Extra Digits softkey before dialing the additional numbers enter w followed by the additional numbers 4 lf this button is linked to a contact entry with a picture select either Text Speed Dial or Picture Speed Dial to indicate which type of button you want to create You can add a special ringtone to a contact associated with the speed dial button See Adding a Contact on page 238 92 Section 2B Using the Phone Features 5 Optional Select the Advanced tab and set any of the following options Quick Key When the Today screen is displayed you can press and hold the Quick Key to instantly dial this number even if your speed dial buttons are hidden Quick Keys can be let
77. open the shortcut menu Then select Delete from Library Select Yes to confirm the deletion Section 4C Playing Media Files 231 Working With Playlists A playlist is a list of media files that play in a specific order You can use playlists to group audio files together or video files together for convenient playback For example in the desktop player you can create a playlist of upbeat songs for when you exercise and a playlist of soothing songs for a long flight When you synchronize your favorite playlists are automatically copied to your Treo Your playlists appear in your libraries in the My Playlists category A temporary playlist called Now Playing appears on the Now Playing menu It lists the currently playing file as well as any files that are queued up to play next You can add to modify or clear the files on the Now Playing playlist 1 Goto the Now Playing screen ae s If you are on the Library screen select the Now Playing now Playing category mme g Falling Ang If you are on the Playback screen press Now Playing g Through the Mist left softkey 2 Do any of the following Move a file up or down one slot Highlight the file and then select Move Up or Move Down w Add a file to the playlist Select Add to go to your Library list highlight the file you want to add press Menu right softkey and then select Queue Up To return to your playlist press Menu C right softkey
78. page 72 Section 1B Setting Up Service 37 Saar amp _ Phone 408 655 0993 x N v After calis from numbers that are not i Contacts ask if want to add them DT for noni cals Look Here for Your Phone Number Press Menu c right softkey Select Preferences gt Phone Settings On the Phone tab look for your phone number below the title bar Press OK i If your phone number doesn t appear on the Phone Settings screen press OK and then turn your phone off and back on again Repeat steps 2 through 6 If your phone number still doesn t appear your phone has not been activated Turn your phone off wait a few hours and then repeat these steps If your phone number still does not appear contact Sprint for assistance at 1 888 211 4727 Section 1B Setting Up Service Setting Up Your Voicemail All unanswered calls to your Treo are automatically transferred to your voicemail even if your phone is in use or turned off To set up your voicemail 1 If you do not see your Today screen press Power End i GT 0 2 Press and hold 7 on the keyboard to dial Sprint s voicemail 2 6 system ib 70707 Pind ATM Qus Dd 3 Follow the voice prompts to do the following Create your password Record your name announcement Record your greeting Choose whether to activate Skip Pass Code a feature Messaging that lets you access your voicemail simply
79. reverts to the default folder name Your Treo might not reestablish a Sprint Power Vision session after a hard reset To manually establish a new Sprint Power Vision session open the Web browser to access a Web site A hard reset can tell you whether a problem stems from your Treo or from an application installed on it If you do not experience the problem after you perform a hard reset the problem may be related to software you installed See Third Party Applications on page 373 for suggestions on diagnosing third party software issues 1 2 3 350 If possible synchronize your device with your computer so that your device applications and info can be restored by synchronizing again after you perform the hard reset Remove the battery from your Treo Press and hold Power End p while reinserting the battery See Replacing the Battery on page 351 for details Section 7A Help 4 When the Palm logo screen appears and the progress bar begins to fill release Power End i 5 When the Erase all data prompt appears press Up a to confirm the hard reset 6 Wait for the progress bar on the Palm logo screen to fill again and for the Windows Mobile screen to appear 7 Follow the onscreen instructions to align the screen before continuing to use your Treo 8 Optional Sync your Treo with your computer to restore your previously synchronized information Connect your Treo to your computer press Start and then
80. select Programs gt ActiveSync gt Sync If you use Sprite Backup or another compatible backup utility you may also need to restore a backup to recover additional information and settings Replacing the Battery Your Treo comes with a replaceable battery Be sure to use a replacement battery from Palm that is compatible with the Treo 800w smart device See Caring for the Battery on page 388 for information on handling the battery safely Use only batteries and chargers that are approved by Sprint or Palm with your Treo Failure to use an approved battery or charger may prevent your Treo from turning on or charging may void your Treo warranty and may increase the risk of your Treo overheating catching fire or exploding which may also result in serious bodily injury death or property damage Did you know Your Treo stores all your information even when you remove the battery 1 Press Power End fi to turn off the screen 2 Gently press the battery door while sliding it downward to remove it from your Treo 3 Place a finger in the notch between the stylus and the battery and lift the old battery out of the compartment 4 Align the contacts on the new battery with the contacts inside the battery compartment and press the battery into place Section 7A Help 351 5 Slide the battery door onto the back of the Treo until it clicks into place 6 Wait for the screen to turn on and then enable the net
81. settings See Selecting Your Privacy Settings on page 104 for additional information An Internet Sharing connection is active To end the connection tap this icon and press Disconnect gt left softkey See Setting Up an Internet Connection With Your Computer on page 116 for additional information An Internet Sharing connection is not active To establish a connection tap this icon and press Connect left softkey See Setting Up an Internet Connection With Your Computer on page 116 for additional information The Bluetooth icon appears in gray when this feature is off in blue when this feature is on and as white with a blue B when your Treo is connected to another Bluetooth device To quickly turn the Bluetooth feature on and off select the Bluetooth icon to access the Bluetooth Settings screen A call is in progress and the call audio is on a Bluetooth hands free device that is connected to your Treo You have a reminder If you do not see the reminder on your Today screen tap the icon to open the reminder You have an alert from Microsoft If you do not see the alert on your Today Screen tap the icon to open the alert Section 2B Using the Phone Features Section 3 Your Sprint Power Vision and Other Wireless Connections Sprint ahead 112 Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics In This Section Getting Started With Sprint Power Vision Accessing Sprint Power Vision Using
82. share this file by pressing Menu right softkey and then selecting either Beam File gt Send via Tools gt Send or Tools gt Beam When you re viewing a list of files such as the Notes list or PowerPoint Mobile list you can share a file by highlighting the file in the list pressing Menu C right softkey and then selecting Send via or Beam File 300 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications e n the Inbox application you can insert a picture or attach a note or other file to an email You can also receive pictures and attachments e You can synchronize to share files with your computer You can add or remove files directly from the device name My Documents folder located in your My Documents directory on your computer These files are updated the next time you sync e You can beam files and applications between your Treo and the device of someone near you using the IR port or Bluetooth wireless technology e You can also store files on an expansion card and share the expansion card Using Expansion Cards The expansion card slot on your Treo enables you to add microSD cards and microSDHC cards to extend the storage capacity of your device Expansion cards are sold separately For example expansion cards can store the following and more Documents Office text and PDF Email attachments Pictures Videos Audio and music files Games Applications We recommend that you purchase pr
83. symbol and format leading zero display and measurement system metric versus U S Currency Set the currency symbol and position the decimal symbol and position the digit grouping symbol and group size and the negative number format Time Set the time style separators and AM and PM symbols Date Set the short date style separators and long date style 5 Press OK Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 323 You can also change the system color scheme see Changing the System Color Scheme on page 318 Application Settings Arranging the Start Menu You can select which applications appear on the Start menu You can still access the remaining applications by selecting Programs from the Start menu and then selecting the application s icon 1 Press Start 2x and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Menus w 3 Check the boxes next to the applications that you want to see in the Start menu 4 Press OK Reassigning Buttons Buttons Settings lets you select which applications are associated with many of the buttons and key combinations on your Treo 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Buttons di 3 Onthe Program Buttons tab highlight the button or key combination that you want to change in the Select a button list 4 Select the Assign a program list and
84. the Series type list and then select the type of series you want If you select Date or Number enter a Step value increment Select OK Select Autofill as the series type to quickly fill cells with repetitive data such as numbers or repeated text Autofill takes the content of the first cell in the highlighted row or column and copies it down or across the rest of the selection Adding Cells Rows and Columns 1 2 3 4 278 Open the workbook you want to add to Highlight the area where you want to insert elements Press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Cells Select how you want to insert the elements Shift cells right Insert a new cell The highlighted cell and all cells on the right move one column to the right Shift cells down Insert a new cell The highlighted cell and all cells below it move down Entire row Insert a new row The entire row in which the highlighted cell is located and all rows below it move down Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 5 Select OK Entire column Insert a new column The entire column in which the highlighted cells are located and all columns to the right move one column to the right To add a new worksheet press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Modify Sheets Select Insert enter a name for the worksheet and then press OK To change the order of the worksheets highlight a worksheet you want to move
85. the conditions under which a chat session starts Show time stamps of each message Set whether chat session items display a date and time indicator 5 Select the Notification tab and set whether notifications for a single incoming message display the text of the message or only the message type 6 Press OK TE Messaging Te Messaging Options Corie Options Options Create chats trom messages Imm V Show nme stamps of each message C Privacy mode rice text in notifications Section 3C Using Messaging 163 Options you select for an individual message see Setting Message Options on page 158 override the options you set for all messages Using Windows Live Windows Live is a set of services that combines online search features email and instant messaging e Live Search for Windows Mobile A search application that enables you to find local information such as movie times and traffic conditions You can also configure this application to take advantage of the built in GPS features on your Treo Windows Live Mail The next generation of the Hotmail Web based email application Windows Live Mail offers more storage greater message security and easier filing of messages Windows Live Messenger An instant messaging application that enables you to see who s online to exchange instant messages IM to make calls to phones and comp
86. the downward pointing arrow until you press Center on the 5 way In fields where you see a downward pointing arrow but no rectangle you must tap the arrow with the stylus to display the list You can do any of the following with a list e Use the 5 way to highlight the field and then press Center to display the items in the list Press Up or Down to highlight the item you want and then press Center O to make your selection e Use your stylus to tap the arrow and then tap the item in the list e Press Left 4 to exit the list and cancel your selection 10 17 07 12 00 PM s 10 17 07 1 00 PM No s Once Remind me 15 minute s 62 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Using the Keyboard When using the keyboard most people find it easiest to hold the Treo with two hands and to use the tips of both thumbs to press the keys Option Shift Space Backlight Backspace Return Alt NOOR WOND Understanding the Backlight Your Treo includes both a keyboard backlight and a screen backlight for low light conditions Both backlights turn on when you turn on the screen The keyboard backlight turns off automatically after 30 seconds When you use the keyboard again and the screen is already awake the keyboard backlight turns on for another 30 seconds Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 63 The screen backli
87. the information you re looking for vB T 12 20 rs Live Search Field Section 3D Browsing the Web 179 180 Section 3D Browsing the Web Section 3E Using GPS In This Section Finding a Point of Interest Using Maps Using Sprint Navigation Section SE Using GPS 181 Finding a Point of Interest The next time you find yourself in unfamiliar territory you can use your Palm Treo 800w smart device to get directions to a contact s address find the nearest pizza place or view a map of the area Make sure Location Privacy is set to Location On Go to your Today screen and press Menu right softkey Select Preferences gt Phone Settings Select the Services tab select Location Privacy and then make sure Location On is selected Finding a Point of Interest Near Your Current Location 1 Make sure your phone is turned on and that you are inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 2 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 3 Select the Point of Interest lookup field and enter the type of place you want to find For example to find a pizza place enter pizza to find a post office enter post office or to find an automated teller machine enter ATM 4 Press Center vB T 12 20 Messaging Point of Interest Field 182 Section SE Using GPS Finding a Point of Interest Near Another Location 1 2 3
88. the previous file Press and hold Left 4 to rewind Now Playing amp or Right Skip to the next file Press and hold Right to fast forward Set the point from which playback begins Tap and drag the slider to change the current position Section 4C Playing Media Files 229 230 or Volume button Increase the volume level amp or Volume button Decrease the volume level T Turn the sound on or off Display a video using the full screen Display a Web site where you can find music and videos to play Set your rating of the current file Select the stars in the upper right corner to change the rating 6 Press Menu C right softkey and select any of the following during playback Library Display the Library screen so you can select a different video or song to play Play Pause Stop playback temporarily and restarts playback Shuffle Repeat gt Shuffle Play the Now Playing playlist in random order Shuffle Repeat gt Repeat Play the Now Playing playlist repeatedly Stop End playback If you close the Windows Media Player Mobile window your music continues to play in the background Your music pauses automatically when you receive a call To stop the music slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off or open Windows Media Player Mobile and press Center on the 5 way To play a file from the Web press Menu on the Library screen and then select Open URL Se ect URL and enter t
89. the search Section 6A Managing Files and Applications To find an item you ve looked for before select the Search for list and then select the item in the list Did you know You can also open the Search screen by pressing Option Shift Exploring Files and Folders You can use File Explorer to browse the contents of folders on your Treo or an expansion card sold separately The root folder on your Treo is named My Device My Device is similar to My Computer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista on your computer 1 Press Start and select File Explorer 2 Tapthe list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to explore You can sort the contents of a folder by name date size or type Select the list in the upper right corner and then select the sort method 3 Do any of the following To open an item select it To decompress a ZIP file tap it To compress files you must use a decompression program such as WinZip on your computer You cannot compress files on your Treo To quickly delete rename beam or email an item highlight the item press and hold Center C to open the shortcut menu and then select the appropriate command Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 295 Do not delete any files that you cannot identify These files may be required for your Treo to function properly To move or copy a file to anot
90. to view or send messages e By default when you open the Inbox application a list of all your email accounts appears Select the account you want e If you turn off the option to display the list of accounts see Customizing Your Inbox Settings on page 147 you see the last account you used when you open the Inbox application Press Left 4 or Right to cycle through your accounts until the name of the account you want appears in the title bar You can also to switch to a different account after you finish working in the first account you selected From the message list press Left or Right Creating and Sending an Email Message You can receive plain text and HTML messages 1 Press Inbox 2 Select the account you want to use to send a message 3 Press Menu right softkey and select New 4 Do one of the following to address the message If the recipient s name and email address are in your Contacts list enter the first few letters of the recipient s first or last name or the recipients first and last initials separated by a space and then select the recipient s name If the recipients name is in an online address book you can find the name and add it For more information see Using an Online Address Book on page 142 136 Section 3B Using the Email Features If the recipient s name and email address are not in your Contacts list enter the full email address To address a message to
91. turn the clock screen saver on and off See Viewing and Optimizing Power Settings on page 338 for details Changing the Text Size 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Screen B 3 Select the Text Size tab 4 Press Left 4 and Right gt to adjust the text size 5 Press OK If text looks rough around the edges open the Screen Settings screen and select the ClearType tab Check the Enable ClearType box and then press OK 322 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Aligning the Screen to Correct Tapping Problems Occasionally your screen can move out of alignment activating the wrong feature when you tap the screen If this occurs you need to align your Treo screen 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Screen 8 3 On the Alignment tab select Align Screen 4 Tap the screen where indicated Setting Display Formats 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Regional Settings o 3 On the Region tab select a region from the list The region selection sets the default format settings 4 Optional Select any of the following tabs to customize the format settings s Number Set the decimal symbol and number of decimal places the digit grouping symbol and group size list separators negative number sign
92. via Bluetooth If this is the first time you re making a Bluetooth connection to this computer follow the onscreen prompts to set up a Bluetooth partnership with this computer Select Sync When synchronization has finished press Menu c right softkey and select Disconnect Bluetooth Wi Fi routers microwaves and wireless telephones using the 2 4GHz band may interfere with Bluetooth connections For best results move away from this equipment when making a Bluetooth connection If you cannot move away move the Bluetooth devices closer to improve the reception Beaming Information With IR Your Treo is equipped with an IR infrared port that lets you beam information to another device that has an IR port The IR port is located on the side of your device closest to the stylus near the top 200 Section 3F Using Wireless Connections For best results the path between the two devices must be clear of obstacles and both devices must be kept stationary If you have difficulty beaming shorten the distance and avoid bright sunlight compatible with your Treo The type of information you can beam depends on the type of device you are beaming to Other Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional devices are Beaming a Record 1 2 Highlight the entry or file you want to beam Press Menu c right softkey and select Beam If you don t see a Beam command select Send Beam ins
93. worksheet names 273 279 280 311 313 worksheets 276 279 284 WLANS See wireless networks See also workbooks Word Completion tab 327 WPA authentication options 192 word matching 266 Writing mode 256 Word Mobile application 263 270 See also documents Word Mobile icon 265 Y Year view calendar 243 word processing 263 264 Zz word completion options 327 ZIP files 295 298 workbook list 275 276 284 Zoom command 213 workbooks zoom icons camera 213 See also Excel Mobile application zoom icons presentations 271 spreadsheets zoom level 172 adding cells rows and columns to 278 zoom settings adding range of values to 278 279 input 327 adding worksheets to 279 PDF Viewer 288 calculating data in 273 277 pictures 287 changing order of worksheets in 279 spreadsheets 273 276 comparing values in 281 Word documents 267 creating 274 275 deleting 284 Index 435 436 Index
94. you need them For information on how to enter characters see Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters on page 64 and Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols on page 65 7 Select Confirm and enter the password again 8 Optional Select the Hint tab and enter a hint to help you recall your password 9 Press OK If you lock your Treo and use a Simple PIN as the password you can dial an emergency number by entering the number in the password field and pressing Phone Talk You do not need to press Option before entering the number However if you select Strong alphanumeric as the password type you must first press Option twice before entering an emergency number n the password field Entering Owner Information You can enter personal information that you want to associate with your Treo such as your name company name and phone number You can also set whether you want this information to appear when you turn on your Treo If you lose your device this feature can help the person who finds it return it to you 332 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 1 Press Start g and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Owner Information g 3 On the Identification tab enter any of the contact information you want to include 4 Select the Notes tab and then enter any additional text you want to include 5 Select the Options tab and check the boxes to indic
95. you set up the Exchange server sync options the credentials page was left blank Correct the credentials see Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 308 or set up your Treo to sync only with a computer and try to sync again An Alert Tells Me that My Device Timed Out While Waiting For Credentials The Exchange server credentials screen was left open too long Reenter the Exchange server credentials and try to sync again My Today Screen Settings Are Not Restored After a Hard Reset Settings such as the background image and plug in choices are not backed up during synchronization so they can t be restored after a hard reset If you use a backup utility such as the included Sprite Backup you may be able to restore a backup to recover your Today Screen settings and other additional information When I Sync With My Exchange Server My Information Is Not Downloading to My Treo Check with your system administrator to obtain the name of the mail server that offers you wireless access to the corporate mail system If you cannot obtain the name of this server some companies do not give it out because they do not want wireless access to their Servers you cannot use ActiveSync to synchronize with the Exchange server You can also check the following setting Section 7A Help 367 Press Start ay A N au Email and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Configure Server
96. your Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device OTA features also require Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 The option to synchronize tasks wirelessly in the ActiveSync application appears only if you have the appropriate server Adding a Task 1 Press Start 22 and select Programs Select Tasks Press Menu c right softkey and select New Task Enter a description of the task in the Subject field Set any of the following Priority Set the priority level for this task Later you can arrange your tasks based on the importance of each aR wD task 10 18 2007 24 Status Set whether the task is now completed Secs e n Remndr Remind me Starts Set when the task begins 10 18 2007 8 00 AM Due Set the due date for the task categenes Business Occurs Set whether the task repeats at regular intervals and how often it repeats Reminder Set an alarm for this task and indicate when you want to be reminded 250 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Categories Assign the task to one or more categories Sensitivity Mark this task as Normal Personal Private or Confidential 6 Optional Select the Notes tab and enter additional text for the task 7 Press OK l p You can also add a task by selecting the Tasks entry bar at the top of the Screen Checking Off a Task EMXI
97. 00w smart device The stereo headset included with your device allows you to listen to music in stereo You do not need to use a stereo adapter For more information on compatible audio accessories visit palm com treo800wsprint support Using a Hands Free Device With Bluetooth Wireless Technology Your Treo is also compatible with many headsets enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology version 1 2 or 2 0 For a list of compatible hands free devices with Bluetooth wireless technology go to palm com treo800wsprint support You can use a stereo Bluetooth headset that is A2DP enabled to listen to MP3 files on your Treo You cannot however use a mono Bluetooth headset to listen to MP3 files Section 2B Using the Phone Features Before you can transfer a call between your Treo with or without a wired headset and a Bluetooth hands free device the Bluetooth device must be within range of your Treo and you must have previously set up a partnership with the Bluetooth device To learn how to set up and connect to Bluetooth devices see Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology on page 196 Here are tips for working with a Bluetooth hands free device To answer a call from a Bluetooth hands free device press the button on the hands free device when the phone rings If you answer a call from your Treo the call audio stays on your Treo unless you transfer the call to your hands free
98. 149 troubleshooting 342 349 360 367 storing Windows Live services and 166 167 applications 374 wireless connections and 125 196 308 document files 267 269 270 310 311 313 information 301 374 synchronization icons 52 spreadsheet files 283 synchronization software Treo 25 installing 42 43 46 47 stylus 27 344 opening 48 49 subfolders 138 receiving email and 138 Symbol command 275 receiving infrared beams and 313 symbols 65 158 troubleshooting 348 360 367 sync cable 51 turning on Bluetooth for 312 sync conflicts 310 system errors 356 Sync feature 42 45 379 system locks 328 331 sync schedules 129 310 311 366 system requirements device 398 sync settings 48 310 314 334 system requirements PCs 46 Sync softkey 311 system settings 333 339 system sounds 319 322 Index 429 system warnings 321 T tabs selecting 57 Take Picture command 286 taking pictures 212 214 286 371 tapping 27 56 59 321 326 355 Task Manager 25 tasks adding 250 deleting 252 displaying 251 252 marking as completed 251 organizing 251 prioritizing 250 setting reminders for 250 252 Tasks application 250 252 Tasks entry bar 251 252 Tasks icon 250 Tasks list 251 Tasks Over the Air OTA feature 250 technical support 348 374 templates notes and 254 256 spreadsheets 272 275 284 Word documents 263 265 270 tentative appointments 244 text aligning 268 272 copying and pasting 176 266 correcting 137 268 327 deleting 59 ente
99. 16 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 1 Press Start fz and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Select the video you want to view For more information on viewing videos see Playing Media Files on page 229 3 Press OK to return to Thumbnails view To view videos that are stored in a different folder select the list in the upper eft corner and then select the album you want to view Viewing a Slide Show You can view your pictures as a slide show on your Treo Each picture displays for five seconds before changing to the next slide 1 Press Start 2s and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Select the list in the upper left corner and select the folder containing the pictures you want to view as a slide show 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Play Slide Show Press Center to display the slide show toolbar 5 Use any of the following icons to control the slide show Rotate Play Pause Reverse p Forward 9 and Stop 63 You can also press Right and Left on the 5 way to move forward or backward through the pictures A Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 217 Sending Pictures and Videos You can send a picture or video to other picture enabled wireless devices or to an email address You cannot send copyrighted pictures or videos that appear with a Lock icon in Thumbnails view Press Start amp and select P
100. 195 Saving reverse type highlight 59 email messages 137 Review all download settings option 131 135 information 303 right click menus 61 notes 255 256 S safely guidelines 383 384 385 Save As command 267 Save links option 178 Save password check box 127 130 132 309 Index 425 phone numbers 87 pictures and videos 223 voice notes 327 Word documents 263 267 270 workbooks 272 275 284 Scan option 195 Schedule command 310 Schedule screen 310 schedules 242 248 See also calendar scheduling synchronization 129 310 311 366 screen activating items on 59 adjusting brightness 322 aligning 323 caring for 25 changing color themes for 318 closing current 58 disabling touch sensitivity for 328 329 maximizing battery and 32 moving around on 56 57 selecting items on 59 troubleshooting 355 turning off 34 339 viewing Web pages and 172 waking up 34 85 screen backlight 64 339 355 screen resolution 299 355 Screen Saver tab 339 Screen savers 35 222 322 339 Screen Settings screen 322 323 Screen taps check box 321 426 screens returning to previous 58 scroll arrows 57 scroll bars 57 scrolling 57 247 328 SD caras See expansion cards Search for list 295 Search icon 294 search results 179 294 Search screen 294 searching documents 266 email messages 143 expansion cards 294 My Documents folder 294 spreadsheets 282 Web pages 164 172 179 secure networks 188 189 secure Web sites 172 174 178 371
101. 196 Hold softkey 86 disabling touch sensitivity for 329 home locations 333 making phone calls and 95 97 Home Page option 177 troubleshooting 358 Hotmail 165 167 hanging indents 268 hotspots 379 hanging up phone 89 HotSync cable See USB sync cable nard rosats J021 HTML messages 139 144 Hardware buttons check box 321 HTML option 151 headset adapters 97 hyperlinks 286 287 headset button 96 See also URLs Web links headsets 95 98 196 226 359 Hearing Aid Compatibility HAC I requirements 387 icons See specific icon or button help 15 348 374 Ignore command 82 hiding Ignore with text message command 82 appointments 247 IIS server option 195 images on Web pages 173 IM instant messages 156 164 168 items on Today screen 319 image files 206 216 speed dial buttons 78 93 See also media files spreadsheet elements 280 images 141 176 371 374 Index 413 See also pictures IMAP accounts 130 132 138 140 Inbox 159 161 Inbox application 130 132 136 147 Inbox button 25 130 Inbox folders 138 Inbox status field 73 indented lists 264 indenting text 268 indicator light 24 30 information accessing 40 backing up 52 350 360 beaming 200 201 draining battery and 32 entering 63 64 66 173 326 332 filtering 240 281 finding 294 losing 350 moving 304 protecting 40 328 331 receiving beamed 202 restoring 350 saving 303 searching for 294 sharing 300 301 sorting 280 storing 301 374 synchronizing 41 125 307 transfe
102. 272 274 275 tasks 250 text messages 157 untimed events 244 Web favorites 174 175 Web links 286 credentials 367 Crop command 220 cropping pictures 220 currency symbols 323 Currency tab 323 current phone call See active calls Custom domain option 133 Customer Service Sprint 15 36 Customize the playlists check box 228 customizing applications 324 328 Calendar application 248 249 camera 222 223 Contacts application 241 dates and time settings 333 display formats 323 email accounts 135 147 149 Excel Mobile 284 Internet Explorer 177 keyboard 326 328 Index Media Player Mobile 233 Messaging application 163 Notes application 255 PDF Viewer 289 290 screen 318 322 323 system settings 333 339 system sounds 319 322 Tasks application 252 Today screen 318 voicemail buttons 93 Wi Fi connections 194 Word Mobile 270 cutting See deleting D daily schedules 242 data 274 278 282 See also information data connection icons 107 Data Encryption options 193 data service icons 357 data services 104 188 date formats 323 Date tab 323 dates 278 333 334 See also calendar Day view calendar 242 day planner calendars 242 decimal places 323 decimal symbols 323 decompressing ZIP files 295 298 default format settings 323 defined names spreadsheets 279 Index Delete all messages option 162 Delete Appointment command 248 Delete Cells command 283 Delete Contact command 241 Delete Files option 178 Delete from Library co
103. 31 pictures or videos 218 speed dial buttons 94 text 266 workbooks 283 moving around the screen 56 57 moving through PDF files 289 moving through Web pages 173 multimedia files See media files multiphone accounts 40 multiple recipients 137 158 169 music 82 100 227 229 230 music files 206 226 See also media files Mute button 86 My Device folder 295 My Device library 231 My Documents folder 294 My Pictures folder 212 214 My Playlists category 232 My Text command 137 My Text phrases 137 157 158 My Windows Mobile Based Device icon 299 MyTreo800 folder 49 N names See usernames naming document files 265 267 269 pictures or videos 221 223 418 speed dial buttons 92 Web favorites 175 workbooks 275 283 worksheets 279 navigating in PDF files 289 navigating the screen 56 57 navigating through Web pages 173 navigator buttons 56 59 navigator See 5 way navigator negative numbers 323 network connections customizing Wi Fi 194 receiving email and 134 setting up Wi Fi 190 193 troubleshooting 356 359 Network key setting 193 network keys 193 Network name option 192 network protocols 233 Network Selection options 106 Network tab 233 networks 105 194 334 New Appointment command 243 New Sound command 100 321 New Speed Dial command 92 New Task command 250 No Service message 107 nonwireless features See organizer features Normal setting 247 notebook 285 notes See also voice notes adding pictures to 286 Index
104. 4 5 337 338 5 710 784 5 056 109 5 568 483 5 659 569 5 490 165 5 511 073 User Guide template version 7B November 2007 394 Section 8A Important Safety Information Section 8B Specifications In This Section Specifications Section 8B Specifications 395 Specifications Radio e CDMA 800 Digital Cellular 1900 PCS and 1 5GHz GPS e EVDO Rev O Rev A and 1XRTT Phone features e Personal speakerphone MicroUSB standard B connector 2 0 compliant for sync cable charger and audio accessories e External antenna port e Microphone mute option 3 way calling e HAC compatible M4 T4 rating Processor e Tl processor technology Expansion e microSD SDHC card slot Battery e Rechargeable lithium ion e Removable for replacement 3 hours to be fully charged Operating system e Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Camera e Still image capture resolution 1600 x 1200 2 0 megapixel e Video capture resolution 176 x 144 and 320 x 240 pixels e Automatic light balance Size e 4 41 in x 228 in x 0 73 in 112mm x 58mm x 18 5mm Weight e 4 94 ounces 140 grams 396 Section 8B Specifications Connectivity e Wi Fi 802 11b g 802 1x with EAP PEAP EAP TLS e Bluetooth wireless technology Complies with Bluetooth 2 0 EDR nfrared 1 2 compliant specification Supports GAP GOEP OBEX SPP SDAP OPP HSP HFP 1 5 A2DP AVRCP PAN PBAP Microsoft ActiveSync echnology
105. 49 Synchronizing With a USB Connection Every time you connect your Treo to your computer the desktop sync software automatically turns on and checks whether changes you made on the computer or on the device need to be synchronized Use the USB sync cable that came with your Treo If you need to use a replacement cable make sure it is approved by Palm for use with your Treo 800w smart device Using an unapproved cable may cause sync errors If you re switching from a previous Windows Mobile device or from a device using Palm OS by ACCESS you can learn how to move content to your Treo by going to palm com treo800wsprint support 50 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 1 Plug the sync cable into a USB port or a powered USB hub on your computer Sync Cable For best performance plug your sync cable directly into a USB port on your computer If your computer has USB ports on both the front and back we suggest using the back port If you use a USB hub make sure it is a powered hub 2 Connect the sync cable to the bottom of your Treo Your Treo is being charged through your computer whenever the sync cable is connected to a powered USB port on your computer However it takes longer to charge your device through your computer than with the AC charger that came with your Treo Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 51 3 Check for synchronization progress
106. 5 MT WTF S O AM enter a description for the alarm 6 Select the days of the week you want the alarm to go off Le pm You can select multiple days for each alarm O st a 7 Select the time you want the alarm to go off and then press OK 8 Select the alarm x icon and then check the boxes to indicate how you want the alarm to go off You can choose a flashing light a single sound a repeating sound or a vibration To change the alarm sound select the alarm sound icon select the Play Sound list and then select the alarm sound you want to use 9 Press OK twice 10 f prompted select Yes to accept your changes Teme arms Move Managing Identity Certificates Your Treo may include preinstalled certificates Certificates are digital documents that are used to authenticate and exchange information on networks Certificates can be issued for a User a device or a service Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 335 1 Press Start 3 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Certificates GJ 3 Select any of the following Personal Display certificates that establish your identity when you log in to a secured network such as a corporate network Intermediate Display certificates issued from a root certificate whose purpose is to then issue personal certificates Root Display certificates that identify the com
107. 65 10 71 166 Set the following options Check the Live Search bar box to have the Live Search bar appear on your Today screen Check the Windows Live services box to have Windows Live Email and Windows Live Messenger appear on your Today screen Windows Live rv E Press Next left softkey Select which application information contacts Windows Live Messenger and or email you want to synchronize between the Windows Live mail server and Windows Live on your Treo For the applications you choose any information that appears in your Hotmail Windows Live account on the Web for example your email messages and contact list appears in Windows Live on your Treo when you synchronize If you synchronize email your Windows Live email account also appears in the Inbox application If you synchronize contacts your Windows Live contacts also appear in the Contacts application Press Next left softkey Press Done left softkey to display your Windows Live main page You can later change your Windows Live setup selections Open Windows Live press Menu right softkey and then select Options Change which items appear on the Today screen or which applications sync set up a sync schedule and more Section 3C Using Messaging Using Windows Live Mail Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 1 Press St
108. 7 On the Outgoing SMTP mail server screen press Next right softkey 18 Optional Set any of the following Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for see e automatically sending and downloading email from every five minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Review all download settings Select this link to change download settings see Changing Email Download Settings on page 149 for information 19 Press Finish C right softkey If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now To delete an email account press OK to close the Inbox application if it is open Press Inbox highlight the account you want to delete press Menu right softkey and then select Delete To delete an Outlook Email account use the ActiveSync application not the Inbox application To edit an account for example if you need to change the name of the outgoing mail server press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options select the account and press Next right softkey to reach the screens where you want to change the settings Section 3B Using the Email Features 135 Sending and Receiving Email Messages Selecting Which Email Account to Use If you set up more than one email account on your Treo see Getting Started With Email on page 124 you can choose one of two ways to select the account that you want to use
109. A 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Wireless Available Manager e 3 Turn the wireless features of your Treo on or off Select All to turn all wireless features on or off 4 Press OK Bluetooth You can also turn wireless services on and off by tapping the signal strength icon at the top of the screen and then selecting Wireless Manager To change the settings for one of the displayed wireless features press Menu right softkey and select the wireless feature you want to change 340 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Managing ISP Settings Your Treo is already set up to connect to the Internet using a high speed data connection on the Sprint network To connect to the Internet simply start Internet Explorer Mobile For special situations such as connecting to your ISP Internet service provider or a remote access server RAS you can set up another connection Before you begin obtain the following information from your ISP or system administrator Obtain the following information from your ISP or system administrator ISP server phone number or access point Username Password 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections fee 3 On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections 4 Select the Modem tab 5 Highlight t
110. C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Today Screen Swings csset doe e m NE AM Ra en gba Ce E ru OME RYU UO DR x uri a visi System Sound Settings 25 2 Gens het mic Re Ee ette t nn ro ote ol e d Display and Appearance Settings 0 cece cence cence cence ne Application Settings se ox ede referre er rare de booung Your Trecand Intomiation cea eoece cerent ERE eee des ive Rr XV FORMER RN LER HS Ertering Gwner InfofrnatiOn x e cort Yet S Re eeu er A EL wee ed aede System Settings ass ode otio Tc UEM ant dafs edo mte eed eto oe 333 Goririsction Settings 523 E illen Do Se A Ga ee aeu Kel ge 340 Purchasing Accessories Tor Your Treo uses eo x eur Rer RERO SEA OLESQUAPEAGE RA GE OCR QURUR S 344 Section 7 Your Resources 1421 do aue Toa sad Aaaaaa ca daga e d And 345 Transferring Information From Another Device Trouble Installing the Desktop Software on a Windows XP Computer ssssssesses 348 Resetting Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Perfortnarice nsus reset mn cafe nio edite eO et ROT e QU OT OPE nat eR Screen Third Party AppICAIGUe 42 40 cece eee kr bene fhe haa pe eke REDISQRSR RA CHASE I AE EPESEQUE Making Room on Your Treo ee sie few eed dee Aa Y up e leuk lg boda pea ee dav Dep Ens Voice Qualily 2 o pecclecA spen RI IND Aue Mie ied cece eee eee MU Sees 7B GloSsaky EEE soe tera ele sieving e oe Mp RUE decals SINT UR Mn e Morante tid Section 8 Your Safety and Specifications
111. Check in often to see what s being offered Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics 121 Updating Pocket Express Information You can set Pocket Express to update news and information automatically or you can retrieve updates manually To manually retrieve updates From any Pocket Express category page select Update at the bottom of the screen To automatically retrieve updates 1 2 3 122 From any Pocket Express screen press Menu gt right softkey and select Express Settings Select the Account list in the upper left corner and select Auto Updates Set the Frequency and Begin Time Press Done left softkey Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics Section 3B Using the Email Features In This Section Getting Started With Email Getting Email and Microsoft Outlook Information From Your Corporate Microsoft Exchange Server Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account Sending and Receiving Email Messages Working With Email Messages Working With Meeting Invitations Sending Email Messages From Within Another Application Section 3B Using the Email Features 123 Getting Started With Email Just like on your computer you can choose between email applications to manage your email Your Palm Treo 800w smart device includes two options for reading and sending email Additional fees may apply for email services e Inbox Check email from your corporate Excha
112. Delete Select Yes to confirm To delete a worksheet open the workbook that contains the worksheet you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Modify Sheets Highlight the worksheet you want to delete and then select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion and then press OK Customizing Excel Mobile 1 Goto the workbook list 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Template for new workbook Set the default template for new workbooks Save new workbooks to Set where new workbooks are stored Files to display in list view Set which types of files appear in the workbook list 4 Press OK 284 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity OneNote Mobile OneNote Mobile lets you create digital notes that contain text pictures and audio and video You can then synchronize these notes with Microsoft Office OneNote 2007 on your computer During synchronization all the notes you create on your Treo are copied to a notebook called OneNote Mobile on your computer you can then drag your notes to other locations on your computer You can use OneNote Mobile to do any of the following Take pictures of business cards and then insert them into OneNote Take pictures of flip charts and whiteboards in conference rooms and then insert them into OneNote Enter text and insert voice recordings for example reminders of im
113. If You Need More Information Books Many books on Windows Mobile devices are available from local or online book retailers look in the computers section or visit palm com treo800wsprint support Online forums Consult online user discussion groups to swap information about your Treo and learn about topics you may find nowhere else Visit palm com treo800wsprint support for details e Sprint Customer Service For questions about your account or features available on the network contact Sprint or visit www sprintcom for the latest information and help 15 Managing Your Account Online www sprintcom Access your account information Check minute usage depending on your Sprint service plan View and pay your bill Enroll in Sprint online billing and automatic payment Purchase accessories Shop for the latest Sprint phones View available Sprint service plans and options Learn more about Sprint Power Vision and other great products like games ringtones Screen savers and more From the Today Screen on Your Treo Enter 4 and then press Phone Talk i to check minute usage and account balance Enter 3 and then press Phone Talk 1 to make a payment Enter 2 and then press Phone Talk 1 to access a summary of your Sprint service plan or to get answers to other questions From Any Other Phone Sprint Customer Service 1 888 211 4727 Business Customer Service 1 800 927 2199 Sp
114. List gt Clear Create a hyperlink Enter the Web site address for which you want to create the hyperlink For example to create a hyperlink to the Microsoft Web site type http www microsoft com Insert a new picture Press Menu gt right softkey select Take Picture press Center to take the picture and then press OK to insert it into your note Insert an existing picture Press Menu gt right softkey select Insert Picture and then select the picture to insert it into your note Insert a voice note Press Menu right softkey select Insert Recording and then select Record e to begin recording After you finish recording select Stop m 6 Press Done left softkey The first line of text in the note becomes the note name You can rename the note later While taking notes you can undo a mistake by pressing Menu right softkey and selecting Undo Viewing or Editing an Existing Note 1 Press Start 2s and select Office Mobile 2 Select OneNote Mobile 7 3 In the OneNote Mobile list select the note that you want to open 286 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 4 Do any of the following Open a hyperlink Place the cursor anywhere in the link and then press Center View picture detail Highlight the picture press Center 5 press Menu gt right softkey and then select Zoom In To zoom in further press Menu C right Softkey an
115. MAPI client Consult the documentation for your desktop email application for more information Can t Access a Page 1 Make sure you have Internet access 370 Open Internet Explorer Mobile and try to view a Web page you ve loaded before To ensure that you re viewing the page directly from the Internet press Menu c right softkey and select Refresh Section 7A Help After confirming your Internet connection try to view the page in question again If it comes up blank press Menu gt right softkey and select Refresh s If you re still having trouble the page may contain elements that are not supported by Internet Explorer Mobile such as Flash Shockwave VBScript WML script and other plug ins 2 Some Web sites use a redirector to their true home page for example if you enter the address htto www palm com support it may resolve to http www palm com us support If Internet Explorer Mobile can t follow the redirect try using a desktop browser to see the landing page of the redirector and enter that address in Internet Explorer Mobile 3 If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager and you re attempting to connect to the Internet with a Wi Fi connection contact your system administrator to find out whether Wi Fi features are disabled on your Treo An Image or Map Is Too Small on My Treo Screen Internet Explorer Mobile has various viewing modes One Column Fit to Scre
116. NSE ERU ED E Geet reed reda eo nee Ue E Ur td 5B Increasing Your Productivity 0 000 c cece t eee 259 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files 00 00 0 0 c cece ccc cece cee n ee I 260 Wor MODE s 13r torpet ho te tv nREROE HOT VECINA e asians MO ana da senna aca dave M eph 263 PowerPoint MobIil8 seeded e ed a RE CS ERE Ree 270 Excel Mobile i uere ET LER CERNI ON NE Mb ET PIER REOR AE E ub ced 272 OneNote Mobile a m oe ee CR one aver ta E sated e DOS GA ED ETE aee 285 BDI MIeWOL ccce eerie iet sd ded ron Ner deus vo De ase eu o ee UN RAI BOR 288 Section 6 Your Information and Settings ccccceccnccnensenensnneuneas 291 6A Managing Files and Applications s illslssilllllsls sn 293 Finding IIO Ont eseosedoupceetups es dy eee eh EISEN nO EXER RE RI ENIRO RUE EAS ERR AGE meiden 294 Installing ADPICAHONE PDC 296 Removing ADDICAIONG i ces eco cera ces ox eae as end Vee Hew eub VR eam EAR are Rea we TSENG 300 Sharing Information v suci v ect weve ain eae Canes EE ae CADET LP ETAT 300 Using Expansion Cards i iesese nee eeu Rr Y n Y ed aga dana epee Yee riis 301 6B Synchronizing Information ccc cece ence hh han Setting Up Wireless Synchronization 0 2 0 0 0 ccc cent In Oher Ways to Synchronize ers sl hl ee a tone aru Unc P Ned o pn EE Changing Which Applications Sync EEE een n Stopping Synchronization 404s sayin wets AME EEXYY PURI GERA RI POR TUR Bh Se UIN yere 6
117. OK Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 275 Viewing a Workbook 1 Press Start 2 and select Office Mobile 2 Select Excel Mobile xz 3 In the workbook list select the workbook you want to view 4 Press View left softkey and then select any of the following Full Screen View as much data as possible on the screen To return to the normal view select Restore in the upper right corner Zoom Set the magnification level so that you can easily read the worksheet Sheet Switch to a different worksheet Split Divide the window into two scrollable areas To move the split bar tap and drag it To remove the split bar select View gt Remove Split Freeze Panes Lock rows or columns so that they remain visible while you scroll Highlight the cell at the juncture you want to lock before you select this command To unlock the rows or columns select View gt Unfreeze Panes Toolbar Set whether the toolbar appears onscreen Status Bar Set whether the status bar appears onscreen Show Set whether headings and scroll bars appear onscreen To jump to a cell or region press Menu right softkey and select Edit 2 Go To Select Cell reference or name and enter the target cell information or select Current region Select OK pem You can switch worksheets by selecting the sheet list at the bottom of the Screen 276 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Cal
118. Press Inbox 2 Select the account you want 3 Begin typing the word or phrase you want to find The list changes to show only those messages containing the letters you enter and those letters are highlighted Section 3B Using the Email Features 4 Continue entering letters to narrow the list until the message you want appears To clear the search filter and display all messages for this account press Backspace Using Links in Messages When you receive a text or email message that contains a telephone number email address or URL you can dial the number send an email message or go to the Web page immediately Your Treo automatically opens the appropriate application from the link 1 Select a message in the list 2 Select the phone number email address or URL appears as underlined blue text Replying to a Message 1 Open the message to which you want to reply 2 Do one of the following To reply to only the sender of the message press Reply left softkey To reply to all the recipients of the message press Menu right softkey and select Reply gt Reply All 3 Enter any text you want to add Optional Select Edit sender s message to edit the original sender s message text that you include in your reply 5 Press Send left softkey Did you know If you reply to a message sent as HTML the reply is sent in HTML also 144 Section 3B Using the Emai
119. Press Menu right softkey and select View 3 Select one of the following views Agenda View your daily schedule in list format Upcoming appointments are bold past appointments are dimmed Day View your daily schedule in day planner format Week View your schedule for an entire week Month View your schedule for a whole month F A morning appointment 242 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 4 n afternoon or evening appointment E Both morning and afternoon or evening appointments O An all day event Year View the first nine months of the current year Press Down w to see the next set of months or press Up to see the previous set 4 Use the 5 way to move to another day week month or year based on the current view You can also scroll through the various views Agenda Day Week Month and Year by pressing Calendar repeatedly Creating an Appointment If you have several appointments to enter it s most efficient to enter them in Microsoft Office Outlook on your computer and then synchronize your Treo with your computer For more information see Connecting to Your Computer on page 41 1 Press Calendar 88 Press Menu c right softkey and select 2 New Appointment opm 3 Enter a Subject description and a Location Ma e 11 00 AM 4 Select Starts and select the starting date and time era exe 5 Select End
120. Sprint gt ahead Sprint Service Palm Treo 800w Smart Device User Guide www sprintcom 2008 Sprint Nextel All rights reserved No reproduction in whole or in part without prior written approval SPRINT and other trademarks are trademarks of Sprint Nextel Printed in the U S A PN 406 11294 01 v 1 2 Intellectual Property Notices 2008 Palm Inc All rights reserved Trademark copyright patent and other intellectual property notices are set forth on page ii within the Basics Guide Disclaimer and Limitation of Liability Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties that may arise through the use of this software Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of data as a result of malfunction dead battery or repairs Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media to protect against data loss Palm Take Back and Recycling Program This symbol indicates that Palm products should be recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted municipal waste Palm products should be sent to a facility that properly recycles electrical and electronic equipment For information on environmental programs visit palm com environment As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the enviro
121. Sprint National Network To use this service you may be required to sign up on a Sprint Phone as Modem plan Go to www sprint com or visit a Sprint Store for Phone as Modem plan details and more information Setting Up an Internet Connection With Your Computer You can set up Internet Connection Sharing in one of two ways e Connect your Treo to your computer using the USB sync cable e If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can set up your Treo as a wireless modem using the built in Bluetooth technology While your mobile broadband data connection is active you can receive incoming calls and place outgoing calls however doing either of these suspends the data connection until you hang up the call Sprint Power Vision services are available on the Sprint National Network mobile broadband EVDO services work anywhere on the Sprint National Network but broadband like download speeds are available only in areas covered by the mobile broadband network For information about mobile broadband services in your area contact Sprint To setup a USB Internet Sharing connection 1 Connect your Treo to your computer using the sync cable If you re prompted to set up synchronization see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 46 for 116 Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics details or you can cancel synchronization The sync software is not required when you
122. Treo to automatically enter 1 555 22 as the prefix before any five digit number When you dial your co worker s five digit extension your device automatically dials 1 555 22 plus the 5 digit extension The complete number is 1 555 222 1234 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone Abbreviated Dang 3 Select the Dialing tab and then select Abbreviated Dialing Oos LL ere saat ames 4 Check the box that corresponds to the number of digits you Me rssezz _ eee some must dial 4 5 6 or 7 when you dial an extension T before 6 dgt numbers 5 Enter the prefix you want to add to the abbreviated D SER Pouches numbers 6 Press OK Section 2B Using the Phone Features 103 Selecting Your Data Settings 1 Press Start 3g and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Phone t Phone 3 Select the Services tab and then select Data Settings sane DURER EDI US UA 4 Select any of the following Do not allow a voice call to interrupt my data session Set whether you can receive calls during a Sprint Power Vision data session Allow connection to the Internet Set whether an approval message appears each time you connect to the Internet 5 Press OK to return to Phone Settings 6 Press OK to finish Selecting Your Privacy Settings 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 On the Persona
123. Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your Treo 5 Press OK p 6 Press Start amp and select Programs 7 Select ActiveSync S 8 9 Press Menu right softkey and select Connect via Bluetooth If this is the first time you re making a Bluetooth connection to this computer follow the onscreen prompts to set up a Bluetooth partnership with this computer 10 Select Sync Section 7A Help 365 11 When synchronization has finished press Menu right softkey and select Disconnect Bluetooth Exchange ActiveSync wireless synchronization I Can t Synchronize With My Company s Exchange Server If you re unable to change your lock settings check with your system administrator to find out if a systemwide locking policy is in place My Scheduled Sync Doesn t Work e If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether synchronization frequency settings are restricted on your Treo e By default a scheduled sync does not work while you are roaming This is to prevent roaming charges on your account If roaming charges are not a concern follow these Steps to continue your sync schedule while roaming Press Start 2 and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Schedule Check the Use above setting when roaming box 5 Press OK An Alert Tells Me That ActiveSync En
124. a Bluetooth device Es c Call in progress with a Bluetooth hands free device Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection After you set up a connection with a Bluetooth device you can communicate with that device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your Treo is turned on Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet 10 meters Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors 196 Section SF Using Wireless Connections 1 If necessary prepare the device you want to connect with to accept a new connection Check the device s documentation for details 2 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 and then tap Bluetooth 3 3 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your Treo Wait about 10 seconds for the Bluetooth feature to activate Devos Made COM Ports enr 4 lf you re setting up a connection with a computer check the Make this device discoverable to other devices box To prevent unwanted devices from connecting to your Treo leave the Make the device visible to other devices box unchecked except when youre connecting with a computer or receiving information from another device Select the Devices tab and then select Add new device Wait for your Treo to search for devices and to display the device list Select the device you wan
125. a Files on page 205 for details on using the Files sync folder If you want to synchronize music pictures and videos from your Windows Media Player library you need Windows Media Player 10 or later on your computer in addition to desktop synchronization software If you don t have Windows Media Player installed on your computer download it for free from www microsoft com If you want to synchronize with a personal information manager PIM other than Microsoft Office Outlook you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s vendor to learn whether software is available for your Treo 44 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer The following table lis s the types of information you can synchronize and the methods to use Information type Outlook Contacts Calendar Tasks Outlook Email Word Excel PowerFoint OneNote and PDF files Pictures music and video files Outlook Notes Files to be transferred to an expansion card Method Desktop sync software sync with computer or Exchange ActiveSync direct sync with server Desktop sync software or Exchange ActiveSync Desktop sync software Desktop sync software and Windows Media Player Desktop sync software Desktop sync software Where to learn more Se Syn Ge ting Up Your Computer for ting Up Wireless chronization on page 46 or Synchroniza ion on page 308 Setting Up Your Computer for
126. a Won t Take Pictures If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether the camera features are disabled on your Treo The Camera Preview Image Looks Strange Some third party applications overwrite the color settings of your Treo with their own 8 bit color settings This can affect the Camera Preview Mode Delete third party applications one by one until the preview image improves Pictures are 16 bit color Resolution settings range from 1600 x 1200 to 160 x 120 pixels Video resolution settings range from 320 x 240 to 176 x 144 pixels You can change the resolution setting by pressing Menu right softkey and selecting Resolution still images or Quality video 372 Section 7A Help Third Party Applications Sometimes third party applications can cause conflicts on your Treo Third party applications that modify wireless features may affect the performance of your device and may require extra troubleshooting Use caution when installing the following types of applications Ringtone managers e Caller ID applications e Instant messaging e Applications that modify when your phone or data connections turn on or off and how your phone behaves Remember that not all third party applications were written with the Treo keyboard and 5 way navigator in mind You may encounter strange behavior or errors in these applications if you use the keyboar
127. a three way conference call e When two calls are active you can return to the first call by asking the person on the second call to hang up or you can hang up both calls by pressing Power End i Answering a Second Call Call Waiting When you re on a call and you receive a second call the call waiting notification appears You can do any of the following Place the first call on hold and answer the new call Press Answer left softkey or Phone Talk e Send the new caller a text message Press Menu right softkey and select Ignore with text message Hang up the first call Press Power End i The second call becomes an incoming call alert which you can choose to answer or ignore e Send the new call to voicemail Press Menu right softkey and select Ignore Making a Second Call You can make a second call while your first call is still active 1 Press Hold left softkey to put the first call on hold 2 To dial a second number use any of the methods described in Making Calls on page 76 If you re dialing by contact name or with the keyboard you must first use the 5 way to select the Dial Lookup field When two calls are active your Today screen includes two call COMerer status sections each representing one of the calls Section 2B Using the Phone Features 89 Making a Conference Call When you re on a call you can make a second call and create a three way conference c
128. acts get e mail addresses from Set whether you want to check Contacts in addition to any directory services for email addresses Check names using these address books Set which directory services you want to check for email addresses Add Add directory services to the list of online address books Options When reptying to e mal riciude body 2 r ivi Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder Warn when deletryg messages in the message ist After deleting or moving a message Show next message Options In Contacts get emal addresses from Check names using these address books Section 3B Using the Email Features 6 Select the Storage tab and set either of the following options When available use this storage card to store EMI cM I E attachments Set whether you want to automatically eme store email attachments on an expansion card You must have a card inserted into the expansion card slot on your Treo to select this option Empty deleted items Select Immediately to have the Deleted folder emptied anytime you delete a message Select On connect disconnect to have the folder Accounts mesage address storage emptied anytime you open or quit the Inbox application Select Manually to manually empty the Deleted folder Man memory 152 53 M amp free If you choose to manually empty the Deleted folder you delete messages from this f
129. afety SAR values at or below the federal standard of 1 6 W kg are considered safe for use by the public Section 8A Important Safety Information 391 The highest reported FCC SAR values of the Treo 800w smart device are as follows Maximum Scaled SAR Values W kg FCC CDMA 2000 CDMA 2000 WLAN Co location Cellular PCS Head 0 837 1 420 0 067 1 433 Body 0 577 0 456 0 018 0 595 FCC Radio Frequency Emission This phone meets the FCC Radio Frequency Emission Guidelines and is certified with the FCC as FCC ID number O8F 715 IC ID number 3905A 715 More information on the phone s SAR can be found from the following FCC Web site http www fcc gov oet ea and enter FCC ID number O8F 715 in the FCC ID Search Static Electricity ESD and Your Treo Electrostatic discharge ESD can cause damage to electronic devices if discharged into the device so you should take steps to avoid such an occurrence Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a material To most people static electricity and ESD are nothing more than annoyances For example after walking over a carpet while scuffing your feet building up electrons on your body you may get a shock the discharge event when you touch a metal doorknob This little shock discharges the built up static electricity 392 Section 8A Important Safety Information ESD Su
130. ages to an expansion card or delete images from your Treo see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 205 e Email Email attachments can consume excessive memory Move attachments to an expansion card or delete large files from your Treo see Managing Your Messages on page 161 You may also want to empty the deleted items folder Internet If you save links to pages you ve visited in Internet Explorer Mobile you may want to clear all recent pages see Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings on page 177 Third party applications You can delete infrequently used applications or move them to an expansion card see Copying or Moving Applications and Files Between Your Treo and an Expansion Card on page 304 Also remember that your Treo includes an expansion card slot and that you can store applications and information on expansion cards However you still need free memory on the device itself to run applications from an expansion card 374 Section 7A Help Voice Quality Is the Other Person Hearing an Echo e Try decreasing the volume on your Treo to avoid coupling or feedback on the other person s end This applies to both the speakerphone and to the handset earpiece e Position the Treo closer to your ear to prevent sound leaking back to the microphone Keep your hand away from the microphone hole in the lower left corner of your device If you re using Speakerphone mode with your Treo lying on a flat
131. all Additional charges may apply and minutes in your account may be deducted for each active call Please contact Sprint for more information 1 Putthe first call on hold and then place a second call 2 Press Conference left softkey this joins you and the two other calls in a conference 3 After you finish press End conference left softkey this ends the second call and returns you to the first call If you re ready to hang up both calls press Power End instead End conference If one of the people you called hangs up you and the remaining caller stay connected The screen does not change to indicate that one of the callers has hung up If you initiated the call and are the first to hang up all three callers are disconnected Using Flash Mode During a Call Flash mode is an alternate way to manually manage your calls while one or more calls are active The preferred methods are described in Making a Second Call on page 89 Answering a Second Call Call Waiting on page 89 and Making a Conference Call on page 90 Flash mode is often used during a conference call when one of the calls has ended but the other remains connected 1 While a call is in progress press Phone Talk 0 from Active Call view 2 Select Send Key Flash to enter Flash mode 90 Section 2B Using the Phone Features 3 Depending on the state of your active call pressing Flash left softkey or the headset butt
132. ames that you enter in the To Cc and Bcc fields Section 3B Using the Email Features 141 If your organization provides an online address book but does not use Exchange Server follow the steps in this section to enable Inbox to verify the names that you enter in the To Cc and Bcc fields Ask your system administrator for the name of the directory service and the server and whether authentication is required for accessing an online address book In the message list press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select the Address tab Select Aad Enter the name of the Directory service Enter the Server name m 8o Nu If your server requires authentication check the box and enter your username and password Optional Check the Check name against this server box to enable this directory service 8 Press OK i To delete a directory service highlight it press and hold Center on the 5 way and select Delete Using an Online Address Book N You can access contact information such as an email address or phone number from your organization s online address book or Global Address List GAL To access a GAL make sure you are accessing either Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 Add access to an online address book to your Treo see Adding an Online Address Book on page 141 142 Section 3B Using
133. an available network you can connect to it 4 Select the Details tab to view information about an active Wi Fi connection 5 If the network you want to connect to requires a custom EE U ED certificate select the Enroll tab and set the following dietus User Enter your username for access to this Wi Fi ve network ma E E Password Enter your password Server Enter the name of the Internet Information Server IIS that stores the security certificate information for this network Retrieve Certificate Obtain the security certificate for this Wi Fi network 6 Press OK Ask your network administrator for your username password and server name for the Wi Fi network you want to access Section SF Using Wireless Connections 195 Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology With the Bluetooth wireless technology feature of your Treo you can connect to a number of Bluetooth devices such as a headset printer other phones and handhelds and more For a list of hands free devices with Bluetooth wireless technology that are compatible with your Treo go to palm com treo800wsprint support If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can also synchronize wirelessly The Bluetooth status icon The Bluetooth icon on your Today screen indicates the status of the Bluetooth feature Q Bluetooth off D Bluetooth on fe Connected to
134. anaging Files and Applications Section 6B Synchronizing Information In This Section Setting Up Wireless Synchronization Other Ways to Synchronize Changing Which Applications Sync Stopping Synchronization When you synchronize the information you enter on your Palm Treo 800w smart device your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other location There s no need to enter the information twice This is true whether you sync with your computer using desktop synchronization software see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 46 or you sync wirelessly with your company s Exchange server see Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 308 Section 6B Synchronizing Information 307 Setting Up Wireless Synchronization If your company uses Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 you may be able to take advantage of Microsoft Direct Push technology Direct Push technology is a two Outlook information up to date way wireless delivery method that keeps your Microsoft by providing efficient communication between the server and your Treo You may also have access to other features such as Global Address List Tasks Over The Air OTA and IP based push updating of Calendar Tasks and Inbox Because your desktop copy of Outlook also syncs with the server whatever syncs to the server from your Treo also sho
135. and highlight a note you want to move 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move 3 Select Name and then enter a new name for the note 4 Select Folder and then select the folder in which you want to store the note To create a new folder go to the Notes list select the list in the upper left corner and then select Add Delete Select New enter a name for the folder and then press OK Select Location and then select Main memory or Storage Card Press OK Select the list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to view Select the list in the upper right corner and then select whether you want to sort your notes by Name Date Size or Type 0 x9 m Deleting a Note 1 Goto the Notes list and highlight the note you want to delete 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete 3 Select Yes Customizing Notes 1 Go to the Notes list 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 255 3 Set any of the following options Default mode Set the default entry mode to Writing or Typing Default template Set the default template for new notes Save to Set the default location where new notes are stored Record button action Set whether the Side button opens the Notes application or stays in the current application 4 Press OK To use the Record button action feature the Side button m
136. and select Edit gt Find Replace Select Find what and enter the text you want to find Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in the text you entered in step 3 Optional Check the Match whole words only box to find only full words that match the text you entered in step 3 Select Find to locate the first instance of the text you entered in step 3 or select Replace and enter the replacement text Select Next to find the next instance of the text or select Replace to replace it To replace all instances of the text select Replace All When you see a message indicating that the search is done press OK 5 Moving or Copying Text 1 2 3 266 Open the document containing the text you want to move or copy Highlight the text you want to move or copy Press Menu right softkey and select Copy to copy the text or select Cut to move the text Open the document where you want to insert the text and position the insertion point where you want the text to appear Press Menu right softkey and select Paste Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity To zoom in or out open a document press View select Zoom and then select the zoom level Saving a Copy of a Document 1 Open the document you want to copy Press Menu gt right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and enter a new name for the file Select the Folder list and then select
137. any of the following options nsto Keyquard Auto Keyguard Set the period of inactivity that passes before the keyboard automatically locks or before the auto keyguard feature is disabled Disable touchscreen Set whether the screen s touch sensitive feature is enabled during a call If you disable the touchscreen the Touchscreen Disabled g icon appears in the lower right corner of the screen during your calls 4 Press OK If you re using a hands free device and your Treo is in a pocket or bag you can manually turn on Keyguard during a call to prevent accidental key presses Press Option and Power End to manually turn on Keyguard Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 329 Using Phone Lock You can lock your phone to prevent unauthorized use of your account When your phone is locked you must enter the lock code to make calls except for emergency numbers and Sprint Customer Service 2 to send messages and to use other wireless features such as browsing the Web During an emergency call you can see the phone number on your Treo by selecting the onscreen Phone Info button 1 Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device On and Off on page 34 2 Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Phone 4 Select the Security tab and set any of the followi
138. art 2 and select Programs 2 Select Windows Live 3 To synchronize email contacts and or Windows Live Messenger information press Right or Left 4 until Sync is highlighted and then press Center Information is synchronized for any of the three applications you selected during setup 4 To read your email go to your Windows Live main page and select Mail The Inbox application opens and displays your Windows Live mail You can view send and work with messages in your Windows Live account in the same way as with messages for any other email account see Using the Email Features on page 123 Using Windows Live Messenger You must have an existing Hotmail account to use Windows Live Messenger If you do not have an account use the Web browser on your Treo to go to www mobile live com hm and follow the steps to set up an account Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select Windows Live 3 Highlight Messenger by pressing Right gt or Left 4 and then press Center Section 3C Using Messaging 167 4 Press Sign in left softkey Exc cr xd 5 If you have not already set up a Windows Live Mail account see Setting Up Windows Live Mail on page 165 the first time you sign in to Windows Live Messenger press Accept left sof
139. ase the brightness Resolution Press Menu C right softkey and select Resolution to change the image quality You can also adjust the zoom and brightness by pressing Menu and selecting Zoom or Brightness 5 Optional Set a five second timer Press Menu right softkey select Mode and then select Timer 6 Press Center to capture the picture or start the timer 7 Hold your Treo still until the picture renders and then press OK to save the picture or press Menu c right softkey and select Delete to discard the picture 8 Do either of the following Press Center to take another picture Press Thumbnails lt left softkey to return to Thumbnails view After three minutes of inactivity when you are previewing an image the camera goes into standby mode Press any key or tap the screen to return to the image preview Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 213 Taking Pictures in Burst Mode Burst mode takes five pictures in quick succession with one button press Burst mode is particularly useful for taking pictures of situations where there is movement for example while photographing children sports or animals 1 Press Start 2 and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Press Camera left softkey 3 Press Menu C right softkey and select Mode gt Burst 4 Press Center Recording a Video By default you can capture 30 sec
140. ate which information if any you want to appear on the screen when you turn on your Treo 6 Press OK Ema ideri ficapor You can also display your Owner Information on your Today screen See Selecting Which Items Appear on Your Today Screen on page 319 for details System Settings Setting the Date and Time Clock amp Alarms Settings lets you set the time zone time and date for your home location and a location that you visit 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms 3 On the Time tab select Home Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 333 4 Select the first list and then select the time zone for your home location JE Settings Clock amp Alarms 5 Select the hour and then press Up a or Down w to Home increase or decrease the hour setting Repeat this process for the minutes seconds and AM PM settings 6 Optional Select Visiting and set the information for a location that you visit often 7 Press OK 8 If prompted select Yes to accept your changes Visiting To display the time in all your applications select the More tab and check the Display the clock on the title bar in all programs box To set the display format for the date and time see Setting Display Formats on page 323 Synchronizing the Date Time and Tim
141. ation that best fits the screen on your Treo select Default Press Menu 4 Select the Playback tab and check the Override playback options for all files box Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 271 5 Set any of the following options Show without animation Turn off builds and other animations Show without slide transition Turn off transition effects between slides Usetimings if present Enable the timings recorded with each slide in a presentation Loop continuously Advance to the first slide after playing the last slide in a presentation Show without media Turn off sound and other media effects 6 Press OK i To turn the presentation into a continuously looping slide show check both the Use timings if present and the Loop continuously boxes Excel Mobile With Microsoft Excel Mobile you can create and edit workbooks and templates on your Treo You can also edit workbooks and templates that you create on your computer However keep in mind that you may lose some of the information and formatting when you save the workbook on your Treo To copy a file from your computer to your Treo open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer copy the file into the Mobile Device folder and then sync Note the following formatting considerations Alignment Vertical text appears horizontal e Artistic borders Appear as a singl
142. atus View upcoming appointments Select this field to open the Calendar application You can select a picture for your Today screen background and select which items appear on the Today screen See Today Screen Settings on page 318 for details You can access the Today screen during a call by pressing Down to minimize Active Call view To return to Active Call view select it on the Today screen just below the Dial Lookup field Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 73 74 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Section 2B Using the Phone Features In This Section Accessing Your Today Screen Making Calls Receiving Calls Using Voicemail What Can I Do When I m On a Call Managing Multiple Calls Setting Up and Managing Speed Dial Buttons Using a Phone Headset Customizing Phone Settings Controlling Your Roaming Experience Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status Section 2B Using the Phone Features 75 Accessing Your Today Screen You can make and receive calls and store speed dial entries right from your Today screen 1 To go to your Today screen press Power End i Messaging Making Calls Your Palm Treo 800w smart device offers several ways to make phone calls Try them all to discover which methods you prefer Dialing With the Keyboard 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Using the numbers on the ke
143. automatically fit rows and columns to their contents double tap the lower edge of the row heading or the right edge of the column heading Renaming a Worksheet 1 Open the workbook containing the worksheet you want to rename 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Modify Sheets 3 In the Sheets list highlight the worksheet you want to rename 4 Select Rename enter a new name for the worksheet and then press OK twice Sorting Information in a Worksheet Highlight the cells you want to sort Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Sort Select the Sort by list and then select the primary sort column Check or uncheck the Ascending box to indicate whether you want to sort in ascending or descending order 5 Optional Select the Then by lists and then select second and third level sorting options A ND A 280 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 6 Check or uncheck the Exclude header row from sort box to indicate if you want to sort the header row 7 Select OK Filtering Information in a Worksheet 1 Highlight the cells that contain the information you want to filter 2 Press Menu c right softkey and select Tools gt AutoFilter A list appears at the top of each related column 3 Select one of the new lists and then select a filter This hides all rows that do not include the selected filter 4 Optional Select the other lists and then select other fi
144. bar and toolbar and fill the entire screen with the contents of the Web page Show Pictures Show or hide pictures on Web pages Hiding pictures speeds up the time it takes to load pages 5 Do any of the following To view the previous page press Back left softkey or Backspace To refresh the page with the latest content from the Internet press Menu gt right Softkey and select Refresh To scroll through the page press Up a or Down w In Desktop view press Up a Down w Left 4 and Right gt to scroll in all directions s To follow a link to another Web page press Up a or Down w to highlight the link and then press Center to go to the selected page You can also tap the link on the screen with your stylus To send a link to the current Web page press Menu right softkey and Select Tools gt Send Link Select the Inbox or Messaging account you want to use to send the link To view a Web page s properties press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Properties To view each item in a list tap the list with your stylus In a list press Down or Left 4 to cycle between items and press Center to make a selection n a form such as a browser search field press Center O to interact with the form and then press Center to stop interacting with the form Section 3D Browsing the Web 173 You can send email from a Web page Email addresses appear as links o
145. c conflicts and then Pawasa e press Save right softkey 12 Press Finish left softkey Synchronization with your Exchange server begins automatically A status bar appears onscreen indicating sync progress You can set a schedule for synchronization to take place anytime information is updated on either your Treo or the server or at Specific intervals See the next section for instructions on setting your sync schedule Setting a Sync Schedule With an Exchange Server Set up an Exchange Server email account See Setting Up an Exchange Server Account on page 126 Follow these steps to set your sync schedule 1 Press Start 2s and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Menu gt right softkey and select Schedule 4 Set your schedule for peak and off peak times To conserve power we recommend that you change your settings to synchronize every 30 or 60 minutes instead of as items arrive 5 Set your roaming preference If roaming charges are not a concern select Use above settings when roaming 6 Press OK Section 3B Using the Email Features 129 Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account You can use the Inbox application Microsoft Outlook Mobile to send and receive email messages To use Inbox you must have an email account with an Internet service provider ISP an email account that you access using a VPN server co
146. c information 333 337 lock codes 36 328 330 Lock icon 172 locking spreadsheet rows and columns 276 the keyboard 329 Treo 328 330 logging in to corporate servers 341 Lookup feature 77 294 Loop continuously option 272 losing information 350 passwords 331 332 Treo 52 332 low coverage areas 356 low light conditions 63 lowercase letters 64 416 M magnet 27 magnification See zoom settings Make this device discoverable option 199 Manage existing connections option 341 342 358 Manage Folders command 138 Manage GPS automatically check box 338 Manage tab 321 maps 184 185 240 337 371 Maps application 182 184 240 margins 268 Match case check box 266 282 Match entire cells check box 282 Match whole words only check box 266 measurement units 323 media file types 226 media files adding to playlists 232 creating playlists for 232 linking to 231 moving to expansion cards 231 opening 229 playing 226 229 233 synchronizing 44 206 208 227 transferring to Treo 227 troubleshooting 364 updating 231 viewing information about 232 media libraries 231 232 Media Player 228 Media Player Mobile 44 215 226 234 media players 31 Index meeting invitations See meeting requests meeting requests 141 152 246 249 memory buttons calculator 257 Memory Settings screen 338 340 353 Memory tab 178 memory usage 338 memory freeing 300 374 memos See messages notes menu items selecting 60 61 Menu softkey 60 menus 60 Me
147. c progress To automatically download more of an incoming email message than the default setting select E mail in step 10 select Settings and select a higher number from the Download size limit ist If you don t increase this setting you can manually download the rest of the message at your convenience You can set a schedule for synchronization to take place anytime information is updated on either your Treo or the server or at certain intervals see Setting the Synchronization Schedule on page 310 or you can allow synchronization to take place only when you initiate it manually see Initiating a Wireless Sync Manually on page 311 Setting the Synchronization Schedule By default wireless sync takes place anytime information is updated on either your Treo or the server using Direct Push technology To save battery life however you can set synchronization to take place at intervals that you specify 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Schedule 310 Section 6B Synchronizing Information 4 5 6 Set any of the following options Peak times Set the frequency for high traffic time periods such as when you are at work or when email volume is high periods such as late at night Off peak times Set the frequency for low traffic time Use above settings when roaming Set the frequency
148. ca and service is available in your location remember to disable this option before you place phone calls Abbreviated Dialing Always dial 1 in front of area code Add a 1 in front of Phone Services ono sess 10 digit phone numbers This option is available only when Dialing from North America is enabled International Dialing Prefix Add the specified number in front of international phone numbers when you dial from outside North America When you dial an international number beginning with plus sign the is replaced by the number in this field 4 Press OK F 102 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Setting Your Abbreviated Dialing Preferences Abbreviated dialing lets you simulate dialing numbers from your office s phone system so that you can dial an extension number rather than the complete number For example if your co worker s phone number is 1 555 222 1234 you may need to dial only the last five digits when you re using a phone that s part of your company s phone system In that case you would dial 21234 If your co worker s phone number appears as 21234 in your contact list or corporate Global Address List GAL your Treo can dial that number once you configure abbreviated dialing settings to complete shortened numbers so that you don t need to modify your office phone list For example if all the phone numbers in your office begin with 1 555 22 followed by a five digit extension set your
149. can select from subcategories such as Top News US News World If you selected the option to add Pocket Express to your Today screen you can also open Pocket Express by selecting the Pocket Express icon on your Today screen News Red s Blog Today in History Politics etc 5 Select a subcategory and then select an article The article is then displayed 6 Do any of the following to navigate through the content Scroll to the bottom of the screen to access options that allow you to go back view the full story email the link view associated images or select additional navigation options Use the 5 way to scroll through the article Select Back at the bottom of the screen to return to the article list Select Full to view the full article Select Mail to send a link to the article via email Select PageOne to return to the category list From the main screen select and explore other categories such as Weather Sports and Money and enjoy the feature rich content The Showbiz category lets you see which movies are playing near you including showtimes for select theaters you can even purchase tickets right from your Treo In addition to the standard categories you can select optional categories for a fee such as Maps and TV Guide Optional categories bring the information you want right to your screen without doing a traditional Web search For additional free and fee based options check the Extras page
150. company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether email features are disabled on your Treo Auto Sync Is Not Working If Auto Sync is occurring and you turn your Treo off or if the connection to your email service provider is disconnected the Auto Sync fails 1 Check the synchronization schedule to make sure that Auto Sync is set to occur at the expected day and time see Setting the Synchronization Schedule on page 310 for details 2 Press Start zz select Programs and then select ActiveSync S 3 Press Menu gt right softkey and select Add Server Source or Configure Server Make sure the verify password setting is on This is required for wireless synchronization I Have Problems Sending Email If you are able to receive email messages but cannot send them try these steps 1 Make sure your ISP or email provider allows you to access email on a Treo Some providers do not offer this option at all other providers require an upgrade for you to access email on a Treo 2 Turn on ESMTP Many services require authenticated access or ESMTP to use their SMTP servers 3 Press Start 21 select Programs and then select ActiveSync S 4 Press Menu right softkey and select Configure Server Make sure the SSL box is checked 5 Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for sending mail Many ISPs such as cable companies r
151. connect to a secure network see Connecting to a Secure Network on page 191 If you ve already set up a connection to a secure network and want to reconnect to it see Connecting to an Open Network on page 190 Wi Fi access point a so called a hotspot A network device with an antenna that provides wireless connections to a larger network Turning the Wi Fi Feature On and Off D wj la Wi Fi button e To turn Wi Fi on press Wi Fi 5 e To turn Wi Fi off press and hold Wi Fi 7 You can adjust the WiFi Prefs settings to keep Wi Fi on all the time See Customizing Wi Fi Settings on page 194 for details Section SF Using Wireless Connections 189 Wi Fi Status Icons The Wi Fi icon on your Today screen indicates the status of the Wi Fi feature i The Wi Fi feature on your Treo is turned on but you are not connected to a Wi Fi network T You have a Wi Fi notification waiting For example if Wi Fi is turned on and you are not within range of a preferred network you can tap this icon to view available networks 5 Your Treo is connected to a Wi Fi network and you are actively transmitting data m Connecting to an Open Network You can connect to an open network or to a secure network for which you already set up a connection If you have access to multiple Wi Fi networks you can select which network you want to connect to The WEP wired equivalent p
152. countered a Problem on the Server AR ND A There is a temporary problem with the server or the server may be temporarily overloaded Try again later and if the problem persists contact your system administrator An Alert Tells Me That There Is Not Enough Free Memory to Synchronize ActiveSync ran out of storage space Try the following 1 Go to Task Manager and close all running programs see Closing Applications on page 71 for details 2 If the problem persists see Making Room on Your Treo on page 374 for suggestions of other ways to free up space on your Treo 366 Section 7A Help An Alert Tells Me That the Server Could Not Be Reached Your Treo had to wait too long to connect to the Exchange server The connection may have been lost the server may be temporarily overloaded or the server may have encountered an internal error Check your Exchange server name and proxy server settings see Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 308 and try again later An Alert Tells Me That ActiveSync Encountered a Problem With Item Type Item Name There is an error while synchronizing a single item This error can usually be corrected only by removing the item that caused the error If you sync again to see if the error persists be aware that items causing this type of error are skipped and do not show up again An Alert Tells Me That My Account Information Could Not Be Detected When
153. ct Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Today d Today 3 Select the tems tab aud i aaah dd bo 4 Check the boxes next to the items that you want to appear on your Today screen and uncheck any items you want to hide For example to display your speed dial buttons on the Today screen check the Speed Dial box 5 Optional Highlight an item and select Move Up or Move Down to change the order in which items appear on the Today screen 6 Optional Highlight an item and select Options if available to configure the settings for the item and then press OK to return to Today Settings 7 Press OK Lots of third party plug ins are available for your Today screen For clocks calculators MP3 players weather guides and much more visit palm com treo800wsprint support System Sound Settings In certain situations such as meetings and theaters you need to turn off all sounds on your Palm Treo 800w smart device You can immediately silence all sounds on your device including phone ringtones Calendar notifications and system sounds This does not mute the speaker during phone calls Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 319 Setting the Ringer Switch 1 Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off c 2 To hear all sounds again slide the Ringer switch to Sound On e ct 1 Sound On 2 Sound O
154. ction to a secure network do the following 1 Press Wi Fi on the top of your Treo Your device scans for available networks and automatically connects when possible 2 When the Configure Wireless Network screen appears do one of the following Highlight the network to which you want to connect press Connect left Softkey and then skip ahead to step 4 to enter security settings for the selected network Select Add New if the network you want to connect to does not appear in the list Section SF Using Wireless Connections 191 3 Enter the following settings and then press Next right softkey Network name If this field is blank enter the SSID provided by the system administrator This field is case bisio comi sensitive Network name Connects to Set whether this network connects to the ees me Intent gt Internet or to Work You may need to select Work to Ths i a hidden network access a corporate intranet Ths s a device to device ocx connection This is a hidden network If you had to enter the network name this is a hidden network Check this box to connect to this network now and in the future This is a device to device ad hoc connection Leave this box unchecked if you re connecting to a network Wi Fi access point Check this box only if you re connecting to another device 4 Enter the following settings and then press Next C
155. culating a Sum 1 2 3 4 5 Press View gt left softkey and select Toolbar Highlight the cell where you want to insert the sum Select Sum E Tap and drag the stylus across the cells you want to add Press Return 2 Entering a Formula 1 2 3 Inserting a Function 1 2 3 Highlight the cell where you want to enter the formula Enter an equal sign followed by any values cell references name references operators and functions Example B4 25 100 Revenue Expenses Press Return a Insert Function Highlight the cell where you want to insert the function Press Menu C right softkey and select Insert gt Function E Select the Category list and then select the type of function Retens me sau vae ors number you want to insert Select the Function list and then select the specific function you want to insert Select OK To enter symbols that are not on the keyboard such as the sign press Alt and select the symbol from the list Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 277 Entering a Sequence Automatically 1 2 3 Highlight both the cells containing the information you want to automate and the adjacent destination cells Press Menu gt right softkey and select Edit gt Fill Select the Direction list and then select the direction you want to populate Select the Fill type list and then select Series Select
156. d User Guide Proprietary Notice This guide contains important operational and safety information that helps you safely use your Palm Treo 800w smart device Failure to read and follow the information provided in this guide may result in serious bodily injury death or property damage Section 8A Important Safety Information 383 General Precautions There are several simple guidelines for operating your Treo properly and maintaining safe satisfactory service e Speak directly into the microphone e Avoid exposing your Treo and accessories to rain or liquid spills If your Treo does get wet immediately turn the power off and remove the battery Although your Treo is quite sturdy it is a complex piece of equipment and can be broken Avoid dropping hitting bending or sitting on it e Any changes or modifications to your Treo not expressly approved in this document could void your warranty for this equipment and void your authority to operate this equipment For the best care of your Treo be sure that only Sprint authorized personnel services your Treo and accessories Failure to do so may be dangerous and may void your warranty Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Do Not Rely on the Phone Feature of Your Treo for Emergency Calls Wireless phones such as the one on your Treo operate using radio signals which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions T
157. d and 5 way navigator If you recently installed an application and your Treo seems to be stuck try the following 1 Perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 349 2 Make sure the third party application is compatible with the Windows Mobile version 6 1 operating system on your Treo 3 Delete the most recently installed application from your Treo see Removing Applications on page 300 4 Ifthe problem persists perform another soft reset 5 If possible synchronize or use the included Sprite Backup utility to back up your most recent information 6 Perform a hard reset see Performing a Hard Reset on page 350 7 Synchronize or restore your backup to refresh the information in your built in applications Section 7A Help 373 8 If the problem is resolved begin reinstalling your third party applications one at a time 9 If the problem recurs delete the last application you installed and report the problem to its developer Getting More Help Contact the author or vendor of any third party software if you require further assistance Sprint does not provide technical support for applications that are not built into your Treo Making Room on Your Treo If you store a large number of records or install many third party applications the internal memory on your Treo may fill up Here are some ways to clear space on your device e Camera Large images take up a lot of memory Move im
158. d of inactivity see Viewing and Optimizing Power Settings on page 338 Keep your battery and your Treo away from direct sunlight and other sources of heat Temperatures over 113 degrees Farenheit 45 degrees Celsius can permanently reduce the capacity and life span of any lithium ion battery If your battery becomes fully drained your information remains safely stored on your Treo Recharge the battery to access your information Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Section 1B Setting Up Service In This Section Turning Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device On and Off Making Your First Call Setting Up Your Voicemail Creating Sprint Account Passwords Setting up service on your new Palm Treo 800w smart device is quick and easy This section walks you through the necessary steps to unlock your Treo set up your voicemail and establish passwords Section 1B Setting Up Service 33 Turning Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device On and Off Throughout this guide the terms Treo and device are used to describe the physical aspects of your Treo The term phone is used to describe the feature of your Treo that enables you to connect to the Sprint National Network You can turn the phone and the screen of your Treo off and on separately This means you can wake up the screen to use just the organizer features of your device such as Contacts Calendar and other nonwi
159. d or numbered lists 268 286 caller ID pictures 238 contacts 87 141 160 238 expansion cards 301 files to playlists 232 folders 269 Internet connections 341 notes 239 251 252 254 285 passwords 40 signatures 146 163 speed dial buttons 92 tasks 250 untimed events 244 VPN connections 342 Web favorites 174 175 Wi Fi connections 191 worksheets 279 address books 141 148 241 363 Adaress tab 148 addresses accessing Web pages and 172 adding contact 141 160 239 adding multiple 137 158 169 copying 363 400 displaying 157 getting 141 148 241 getting directions for 184 highlighting 59 selecting 144 sending meeting requests and 246 sending messages and 136 157 verifying 142 ad hoc connections 192 adjusting screen brightness 322 Adobe Flash Player 46 advancing slides 272 AES encryption 193 Agenda view calendar 242 air travel 386 alarm clock 335 alarm sound icon 335 alarms adding to events 245 249 assigning to tasks 250 252 setting vibrating 321 turning on and off 321 335 Alarms tab 335 albums 216 217 alerts See notifications aligning the screen 323 alignment settings documents 268 spreadsheets 272 279 Allow cookies option 178 Allow USB connections check box 361 alternate characters 65 alternate characters list 66 Index alternate phone numbers 78 80 troubleshooting 336 339 353 363 364 animated connection icon 52 turning sounds on or off for 321 animation 272 appointment options 249 anniv
160. d pointing arrows 62 drawing 253 E earpiece 25 echoes 375 Edit Server Settings screen 310 editing See changing electronic devices 385 email adding attachments to 137 adding signatures to 146 addressing 136 141 142 creating meeting requests and 246 creating messages for 136 137 deleting 145 148 149 150 dialing from 79 downloading 135 149 151 310 entering contact info and 141 239 entering priority settings for 137 forwarding 145 getting from corporate servers 341 367 making phone calls and 86 receiving 138 139 150 receiving attachments with 139 140 152 replying to 144 148 saving 137 searching 143 selecting links in 144 sending 124 137 150 151 174 409 setting outgoing mail options for 134 135 synchronizing 138 167 troubleshooting 368 370 email accounts customizing 135 147 149 deleting 135 selecting 136 147 setting up 126 130 132 troubleshooting 368 email applications 124 164 email button 25 130 email client software 370 email formats 139 151 email providers 130 132 E mail Setup screen 130 132 150 email shortcuts 145 emergency phone calls 328 330 384 emoticons 158 168 Enable Auto Correct option 327 Enable ClearType check box 322 encoding 177 encryption 174 190 193 End Conference softkey 90 End Show command 271 Enroll tab 195 Enter Email Address screen 308 entering PINs 331 Erase all data prompt 351 erasing See deleting error messages 321 Error Reporting feature 336 Error Repo
161. d select Tools gt History 2 Optional Select the Page Title list in the upper left corner and then select how you want to sort the History list 3 Select the Web page you want to view For information on clearing the History list see Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings on page 177 Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings 1 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options merino mV MES 2 Onthe General tab set the following options Options Home Page Set the page that appears when you open ee Internet Explorer Mobile To use the page you were on iras E when you opened the menu select Use Current To select the original Sprint Power Vision home page select Use Default Encoding Set the character set for the Web pages you view T Genera Memory Security Section 3D Browsing the Web 177 3 Select the Memory tab and set any of the following options Save links to pages visited in the past Set how many days of activity the History list stores Clear History Empty the History list Delete Files Remove saved pages and Web files that you viewed or synchronized with your computer Internet Explorer rv ak Options Save irks to pages visited in the past meo Clear History Delete web content that has been previousty viewed or synchronized with the device 4 Select the Security tab and set a
162. d select Zoom In again Use the 5 way to view different parts of the picture To zoom out press Menu c right softkey and select Zoom Out you can also select Actual Size or Fitto Screen To close the picture press OK Play a voice note Highlight the voice note and press Center C To close the voice note press OK 5 Press Done left softkey to close the note Renaming a Note 1 In the OneNote Mobile list select the note that you want to rename 2 Press Menu c right softkey and then select Rename 3 Enter the new name 4 Press Done left softkey to accept the new name Sorting your Notes 1 From the OneNote Mobile list press Menu right softkey and then select Options 2 Select the method you want to use to sort your notes Name or Date modified 3 Press Done left softkey to sort your notes Deleting a Note 1 In the OneNote Mobile list select the note that you want to delete 2 Press Menu c right softkey and then select Delete 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 287 PDF Viewer Picsel PDF Viewer lets you view PDF files whether they are saved to your Treo attached to email messages stored on an expansion card that is inserted into the expansion card slot on your Treo or downloaded from the Web You can customize the document display You can use the Files sync folder to transfer PDF files between your computer a
163. d the End User Notice about this kind of usage see End User Notice on page 2 1 Set the Ringer switch at the top of your Treo to Sound On 2 Hold your device about nine inches away from your mouth and then press and release the Voice Command button A tone plays and a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 325 3 In a clear voice say the command For example To access Help say Help To access your Calendar say Start Calendar To access your music say Start Windows Media 4 After Voice Command finishes speaking a microphone icon appears at the top of your Screen say your answer For example say General to access general Help topics You can interrupt during a question by pressing the Voice Command button As soon as the microphone icon is visible you may say your answer Setting Input Options 1 Press Start 2 and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Input E The Input Method options you specify apply only to entering information using the screen You can still enter information using the keyboard on your Treo regardless of the onscreen input method you choose 3 On the Input Method tab set any of the following options Input method Set which onscreen input method you want to use Block Recognizer Use a single stroke to write letters numbers symbols and p
164. d then press Left 4 or Right gt to move between tabs e When inside a text field press Right gt or Left 4 to move to the next character and press Up or Down to move between lines e When inside a list press and hold Up or Down w to rapidly scroll through the list e Tap an onscreen scroll arrow e Tap and drag the slider of an onscreen scroll bar Team meeting 1 00p 2 00p Meeting with Financial Department 3 00p 4 00p 1 Scroll Arrows 2 Slider Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 57 When you are using applications such as Inbox Internet Explorer Mobile and Word Mobile press and hold Option while pressing Left or Right on the 5 way to go to the beginning or end of the current line Closing Screens To accept the information you entered on a screen and to return to the previous screen do one of the following Press OK Use the stylus to tap E or in the upper right corner of the screen These buttons are not accessible using the 5 way When you close a screen the application still runs in memory See Viewing Memory Usage on page 338 for instructions on viewing the amount of memory in use versus viewing the available memory See The Applications Are Running Slower Than Usual on page 353 for instructions on closing applications and freeing up memory Highlighting and Selecting Items On most screens one item a but
165. d then reinsert it See Replacing the Battery on page 351 for details The reset begins when you insert the battery 4 Wait for the progress bar on the Palm logo screen to fill and the Windows Mobile screen to transition to the Today screen before continuing to use your Treo Be patient this may take a few minutes Section 7A Help 349 Performing a Hard Reset A hard reset erases all personal information such as appointments contacts and tasks as well as programs you have added such as third party software on your Treo Never do a hard reset without first trying a soft reset You can restore previously synchronized information the next time you sync Review the following important information before performing a hard reset After a hard reset synchronize to restore your Outlook data such as Outlook email Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks You can also use the included Sprite Backup utility to restore previously backed up configurations and preferences such as speed dials SMS entries call log information and personal settings Some third party applications do not create a backup on your computer when you synchronize If you do a hard reset you may lose information in these applications and you need to reinstall the application on your Treo after the hard reset Please contact the developer to find out if your information is backed up during synchronization When you synchronize after a hard reset the Files sync folder
166. d you want to use To see a contact s address company and other details highlight the name press Center on the 5 way and then select Open Contact Section 2B Using the Phone Features 77 Dialing With a Speed Dial Button Before you can use a speed dial button you must create some speed dial entries See Setting Up and Managing Speed Dial Buttons on page 91 You can make a call with your speed dial buttons by doing any Bil o s of tne following unt p E Jit e Highlight a speed dial button with the 5 way and then press Center Vema 4 411 Connect Tap a speed dial button with the stylus e Press and hold a Quick Key that you assigned to the speed dial button Messaging By default speed dial buttons do not appear on the Today screen When your speed dial buttons are hidden you can still use your Quick Keys to call a speed dial number To learn how to display your speed dial buttons see Selecting Which Items Appear on Your Today Screen on page 319 When your speed dial buttons are visible you can see more speed dial buttons by highlighting the picture speed dial area and pressing Right or Left repeatedly or by highlighting the text speed dial area and pressing Up a Down w Right gt or Left You can dial an another number for a contact with a speed dial button Highlight the speed dial button press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select a number from the shortcut menu
167. data transfer with average download speeds of 400 to 700Kbps and that is capable of reaching speeds up to a theoretical maximum of 3 2Mbps and upload speeds up to 1 8Mbps The Sprint Mobile Broadband Network uses EVDO technology Your Treo supports EVDO Rev 0 and Rev A technologies Global Address List GAL An online address book for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 The GAL contains names email addresses and other information and is created and maintained by your Exchange server administrator Infrared IR A way of transmitting information using light waves The IR port on your Treo lets you transfer information between other IR devices within a short radius Lithium ion li ion The rechargeable battery technology used in your device Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager A security management platform that enables system administrators to set and implement security policies by remotely controlling mobile devices This platform also enables users to access corporate information on networks with firewalls Mobile Broadband Network An advanced wireless data network using the fastest commercially available wireless network technology EVDO to deliver broadband like transfer speeds for your data connections 378 Section 7B Glossary Partnership Two Bluetooth devices for example your Treo and a hands free device that can connect because each device finds the same passkey
168. ded from external RF signals Also check with the manufacturer regarding any equipment that has been added to your vehicle Consult the manufacturer of any personal medical devices such as pacemakers and hearing aids to determine whether they are adequately shielded from external RF signals Always turn off the phone in health care facilities and request permission before using the phone near medical equipment Section 8A Important Safety Information 385 Turning Off Your Phone Before Flying Turn off your phone before boarding any aircraft To prevent possible interference with aircraft Systems the U S Federal Aviation Administration FAA regulations require you to have permission from a crew member to use your phone while the plane is on the ground To prevent any risk of interference FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while the plane is in the air Turning Off Your Phone in Dangerous Areas To avoid interfering with blasting operations turn your phone off when in a blasting area or in other areas with signs indicating that two way radios should be turned off Construction crews often use remote control RF devices to set off explosives Turn your phone off when you re in any area that has a potentially explosive atmosphere Although it s rare your phone and accessories could generate sparks Sparks can cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death These areas are often but not always c
169. drive select Palm Support Center and then select Microsoft Outlook 2007 60 day trial to download a trial version of this software 348 Section 7A Help If you want to synchronize with a different personal information manager PIM you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s author or vendor to find out whether software is available for your Treo 1 Shut down your computer and then turn it on again On your computer click Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Remove ActiveSync if it is on your computer Quit any active applications including virus scanners and Internet security applications Make sure you re installing the version of the software that came with your Treo on the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device Other versions may not work with this Treo 6 Make sure your computer profile includes administrator rights to install software In large organizations these are usually granted by the system administrator aA A amp W ND Resetting Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Performing a Soft Reset A soft reset is similar to restarting a computer If your Treo is not responding or you have trouble synchronizing with your computer a soft reset may help 1 If your Treo responds to key presses press and hold Power End i to turn off your phone 2 If the screen display is on press Power End i to turn off the screen 3 Remove the battery from your Treo an
170. duct is legal safe or in any manner recommended or intended while driving or otherwise operating a motor vehicle General Operation Voice Command Control Many of the functions of the Device Software can be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to initiate the command with a button and then operate the Device mostly without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen If you are driving do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the Screen Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Let Your Judgment Prevail The Device Software is only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations The Device Software is not a substitute for your personal judgment Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor the speech recognition functions and address any er
171. e left softkey To crop a picture press Menu right softkey select Crop and then tap and drag the stylus to highlight the area to crop Tap inside the cropped area to accept the crop Tap outside the box to cancel the crop To adjust the brightness and contrast levels of a picture press Menu C right Softkey and select AutoCorrect To keep both your original image and the revised image press Menu c right softkey and select Save As 5 Press OK to save your changes To undo an edit press Menu right softkey and select Undo To cancel all unsaved edits you made to the picture select Revert to Saved 220 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos For more extensive edits sync your picture or video to your computer and edit it in your favorite graphics program Then sync the picture or video back to your Treo Deleting a Picture or Video 1 Press Start and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Highlight the picture or video you want to delete 3 Press Menu gt right softkey and select Delete 4 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Renaming a Picture or Video 1 Press Start 2 and select Pictures amp Videos Highlight the picture or video you want to rename Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Properties Enter a new name for the picture or video Press OK to return to Thumbnails view 2 3 4 5 Section 4B
172. e 163 If privacy mode is on the notification states only the type of incoming message The new message notification may include the following options View Open a text message so you can view its full contents Dismiss Close the notification and put the message into your Inbox If you have multiple messages the notification includes the number of messages The Messaging status field on the Today screen also shows you the number of unread messages Section 3C Using Messaging 159 Viewing a Message There are several ways to view a text message 1 Do one of the following to open a message From a notification select View From the Today screen select the Messaging status field and then select the message you want to view From the Today screen press Messaging left softkey and then select the message you want to view Press Start s select Programs select Messaging 4 and then select the message you want to view 2 Optional After you open the message press Menu right softkey and select an item to reply to the sender reply to everyone sent the message forward the message call the sender or add the sender s information to Contacts 3 Press OK Using Messaging to Chat When you exchange more than one message with a single contact the messages you exchange with that person are 3 grouped into a chat session When you select
173. e Desktop Sync Software Does Not Respond to a Sync Attempt on page 360 Install your third party VPN client see Installing Applications on page 296 Press Start 2 and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Connections Iro On the Tasks tab select Add a new VPN server connection Follow the onscreen instructions for entering the settings provided by your corporate system administrator AA WHE To manually start a data connection on the Sprint network or another network go to Connections Settings On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections Tap and hold the connection you want to start and then select Connect from the shortcut menu Setting Up a Proxy Server 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections Ute 3 On the Tasks tab select Set up my proxy server Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 4 Check both of the boxes near the top of the screen 5 Select Proxy server and enter the proxy server name To change settings such as the port number proxy server type or credentials select Advanced 6 Press OK Setting a proxy server may prevent you from accessing some Sprint Power Vision Web pages Ending a Data Connection If your service plan includes minutes of use fees for data connections you can reduce costs by ending the data c
174. e Organizer Features 253 If the recording toolbar is not visible at the bottom of the screen press Menu right softkey and select View i AM okers Nana Recording Toolbar Select e to begin recording Speak into the microphone on your Treo or hold it close to another sound source After you finish recording select m to stop recording A Recording A icon appears in the note or in the Notes list depending on where you recorded the note Press OK To play a recording select the voice note in the Notes list or open the note containing the recording and select the Recording icon Creating a Note From a Template 1 254 oar amp ND Go to the Notes list Tap the list in the upper left corner and select More Folders gt Templates Open the template you want to use Enter the information Press OK i Rename the note and move it to the appropriate folder See Organizing Your Notes on page 255 for details To create a new template highlight the note you want to save as a template Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move Select Name and then enter a name for the template Select the Folder list and select Templates Press OK Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Organizing Your Notes You can rename your notes move notes to another folder and move notes between your Treo and an expansion storage card 1 Goto the Notes list
175. e Zone With the Network By default your Treo synchronizes the date time and time zone with your wireless service provider s network whenever your phone is on and you are inside a coverage area 1 Press Start 2 and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms Select the More tab To enter the date and time manually uncheck the Enable local network time box If you want to use the Home or Visiting settings see Setting the Date and Time on page 333 regardless of the network time uncheck the Use network time zone box Press OK 7 If prompted select Yes to accept your changes If you turn off the Use network time zone setting and later turn it on again you need to turn your phone off and then on for this setting to take affect 334 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device aA wD gt Setting System Alarms System alarms let you set alarms that are not associated with a task or appointment For example you can use your Treo as an alarm clock when you travel or set alarms to remind you when it s time to take medication or pick up the kids 1 Press Start 3g and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms 15 3 Select the Alarms tab EX een on ES 4 Check a box to turn on that alarm Clock amp Alarms 5 Select the description next to the box you checked and i Rice area a ou
176. e a damaged or leaking lithium ion li ion battery For safe disposal options of your li ion batteries contact your nearest Sprint authorized service center Special Note Be sure to dispose of your battery properly In some areas the disposal of batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited Radio Frequency RF Energy Understanding How Your Phone Operates Your phone is basically a radio transmitter and receiver When it s turned on it receives and transmits radio frequency RF signals When you use your phone the system handling your call controls the power level This power can range from 0 006 watts to 0 2 watts in digital mode Knowing Radio Frequency Safety The design of your Treo complies with updated NCRP standards described below In 1991 92 the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE and the American National Standards Institute ANSI joined in updating ANSI s 1982 standard for safety levels with respect to human exposure to RF signals More than 120 scientists engineers and physicians from universities government health agencies and industries developed this updated standard after reviewing the available body of research In 1993 the Federal Communications Commission FCC adopted this updated standard in a regulation In August 1996 the FCC adopted a hybrid standard consisting of the existing ANSI IEEE 390 Section 8A Important Safety Information standard and the guide
177. e also built in applications favorites 44 174 174 175 See also Web pages Favorites softkey 175 features 15 60 171 fields 57 62 File Explorer 294 295 296 305 306 file names 265 Index filtering file types documents 263 270 music 226 pictures and images 216 videos 216 files adding to playlists 232 beaming 201 browsing 295 305 compressing and decompressing 295 298 copying 271 deleting caution for 296 displaying in folders 269 283 displaying in PDF Viewer 288 289 downloading 176 298 freeing internal memory and 374 getting from corporate servers 341 moving 269 283 296 opening 229 295 searching for 294 selecting multiple 296 sending 153 168 sorting 295 storing on expansion cards 227 231 304 synchronizing 206 260 viewing error information and 336 events 248 information 240 281 tasks 251 Filters tab 152 Find Replace command 266 282 411 finding data in spreadsheets 282 email messages 143 information 294 Sprint Power Vision usernames 115 text 266 firewalls 341 342 360 362 first letter capitalization 328 Fit to page option 289 Fit to Screen option 172 Fit to width option 289 5 way navigator See 5 way navigator Flash mode 90 Flash Player 46 Flash softkey 91 folders accessing Outlook 363 browsing 295 305 copying items in 271 creating 269 displaying contents 269 283 installing synchronization software and 49 moving items in 269 283 296 organizing Web fa
178. e line e Cell patterns Patterns applied to cells are removed 272 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Fonts and font sizes The original font is listed on your Treo and is mapped to the closest font available Original fonts reappear on your computer Number formats Microsoft Excel 97 conditional formatting is displayed in number format Formulas and functions Unsupported functions are removed and only the returned value of the function appears Formulas containing the following are also converted to values More than 512 bytes An array or array argument for example SUM 1 2 3 4 External link references or an intersection range reference References past row 16384 are replaced with 3FREF LEE For simple calculations use the Calculator see Calculator on page 256 Protection settings Most protection features are disabled but are not removed You must remove the password protection in Microsoft Office Excel on your computer before editing the file on your Treo Rights managed and password protected files must be saved only in their original file format Zoom settings Worksheet specific zoom settings are not retained The zoom setting applies to the entire workbook Worksheet names Names that refer to other workbooks arrays array formulas or intersection ranges are removed from the name list causing those formulas to be resolved as NAME All hidden names are not hidden AutoFil
179. e screen 2 Press Center on the 5 way to turn off Keyguard 3 Press and hold Power End i to turn on your phone When your Treo locates a signal Sprint and the signal strength Tull icon appear at the top of the screen indicating that you can use the phone and Internet features if supported by the local network 4 Press and hold Power End fi again to turn off your phone When your phone is off Phone Off and the phone off Yx icon appear at the top of the screen Your Treo is not connected to any wireless network but you can still use the organizer and other features If the Ringer switch is set to Sound On you hear a series of tones when you turn your phone on and off For more information see Setting the Ringer Switch on page 320 When the phone is on and the screen is off the date and time screen saver appears You can disable the screen saver Press Start select Settings select the System tab and then select Power Select the Screen Saver tab and then uncheck the Enable Screen Saver box Section 1B Setting Up Service 35 Making Your First Call The battery comes with a sufficient charge for you to activate your Treo and make your first call After activation we recommend charging your device for 3 5 hours or until the indicator light is solid green to give it a full charge 36 If you purchased your Treo at a Sprint Store it probably has already been activated If your phone is not ac
180. e the Formatting toolbar to create a list and to align text To indent text in lists you must use the Formatting toolbar Checking Spelling in a Document 1 Open the document you want to check 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Spelling 3 If an unknown or misspelled word is encountered do one of the following Select the correct word in the list if the word is spelled incorrectly Select Ignore if the word is spelled correctly Select Add to add a new word to the spelling dictionary To check the spelling of specific text highlight it before you select the Spelling command 268 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Organizing Your Documents You can rename your documents move your documents to another folder and move your documents between your Treo and an expansion storage card 1 Goto the documents list Highlight a file Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move Select Name and then enter a new name for the document aA wD Select the Folder list and then select the folder you want to move the document to To create a new folder go to the documents list select the list in the upper left corner and then select Add Delete Select New enter a name for the folder and then press OK Select the Location list and then select Main memory or Storage card Press OK i Ss MON OD Select the list in the upper right corner a
181. e to jump to that part of the alphabet Show contact names only Hide everything but the contact s name which enables you to fit more names on the screen when viewing your Contacts list Area code Set the default area code for new contact entries 5 Press OK Finding a Contact in an Online Address Book In addition to having contacts on your Palm Treo 800w smart device you can also access contact information from your organization s online address book or Global Address List GAL Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 241 Do the following Make sure you are accessing Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 Add access to the online address book see Adding an Online Address Book on page 141 for details Synchronize with the Exchange server after you add the online address book see Getting Email and Microsoft Outlook Information From Your Corporate Microsoft Exchange Server on page 125 Otherwise the Company Directory option does not appear Go to your Today screen Press Menu right softkey and select Contacts Press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory A DN m Enter the contact s name in part or in full and then press Find lt right softkey You must spell the contact s name correctly to find it in the online address book Calendar Displaying Your Calendar 1 Press Calendar 88 2
182. e transmission press Cancel left softkey to close the notification press Dismiss right softkey If you have trouble receiving information over a Bluetooth connection press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Beam Make sure the Receive all incoming beams box is checked Remember to uncheck the Make the device visible to other devices box when you are done receiving information from the other device Synchronizing Over a Bluetooth Connection Make sure your computer is equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology and that your computer is set up for synchronization See Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 46 1 Set up your computer for Bluetooth wireless communication For details see the documentation that came with your computer In most cases your computer must support the Virtual Serial Port profile and this profile must be turned on 2 Setup the Microsoft ActiveSync software on your computer for Bluetooth wireless communication See ActiveSync Help on your computer for details Section SF Using Wireless Connections 199 A SAND 71 Go to your Today screen and then tap Bluetooth Q Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your Treo Press OK Press Start 22 and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Connect
183. earing device users in finding phones that may be compatible with their hearing devices Not all phones have been rated Phones that have been rated have a label on the box Your Treo 800w smart device phone has an M4 T4 rating These ratings are not guarantees Results will vary depending on the level of immunity of your hearing device and degree of your hearing loss If your hearing device happens to be vulnerable to interference you may not be able to use a rated phone successfully Trying out the phone with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs M Ratings Phones rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference with hearing devices than phones that are not labeled M4 is the better higher of the two ratings n Ratings Phones rated T3 or T4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to be more usable with a hearing device s telecoil T Switch or Telephone Switch than unrated phones T4 is the better higher of the two ratings Note that not all hearing devices contain telecoils The more immune your hearing aid device is the less likely you are to experience interference noise from your wireless phone Hearing aid devices should have ratings similar to those of phones Ask your hearing health care professional for the rating of your hearing aid Add the rating of your hearing aid and your phone to determine probable usability e Any combined rating equal to or greate
184. ed 202 timing out 367 troubleshooting 356 359 Connections Settings screen 341 342 343 Connections tab 199 connectivity 397 conserving battery power 339 consumption battery 31 Contacts adding picture to 220 contacts adding 87 141 160 238 addressing messages to 136 157 assigning ringtones to 92 101 239 changing info for 239 dialing phone numbers for 77 78 80 displaying 77 239 entering multiple 238 entering phone numbers for 102 getting addresses for 141 142 148 241 405 linking speed dial buttons to 92 looking up 77 136 157 personalizing 101 removing 241 saving phone numbers for 87 selecting communication method for 77 sending meeting requests to 239 246 Contacts application 238 241 Contacts command 238 Contacts list 77 141 160 context sensitive menus 61 continuous playback slides 272 cookies 178 copying addresses 363 applications 304 items in folders 271 296 numbers 257 phone numbers 79 81 pictures or videos 218 text 176 266 copyrighted items 218 corporate email accounts 134 341 367 corporate servers 125 307 341 367 coverage area 107 356 Create chat from messages option 163 creating appointments 243 244 bulleted or numbered lists 268 286 caller ID pictures 238 contacts 87 141 160 238 document templates 266 documents 263 265 406 email messages 136 137 folders 269 notes 252 254 285 passwords 40 playlists 232 speed dial buttons 92 spreadsheet templates 275 spreadsheets
185. ee customizing prefixes phone numbers 102 Premium Services 40 presentations 270 271 previewing pictures 213 372 ringtones 100 sounds 321 videos 215 priority settings 137 159 250 Privacy mode 159 163 privacy settings 104 247 processor 396 Program Buttons tab 324 Program Files folder 304 Programs check box 321 Programs folder 70 Programs menu 325 programs See applications software 423 protecting information 328 331 Treo 328 333 protecting personal information 40 proxy servers 342 punctuation marks 65 Purge command 162 Purge screen 162 Purge softkey 162 Q Quality command 215 Quick Keys 78 93 Quick Tour 15 QuickTime Player 214 R radio 396 radio frequency RF signals 385 390 RAS connections 341 Receive all incoming beams check box 199 Receiving Data message 202 rechargeable battery See battery recipients sending to multiple 137 158 169 Record button action option 256 recording ringtones 100 sounds 321 videos 214 215 voice notes 253 286 327 Recording icon 254 recording toolbar 254 recurring appointments See repeating appointments 424 redialing 80 redirectors Web sites 371 Region tab 323 Regional Settings screen 323 regulatory numbers 394 reminders adding to events 245 249 assigning to tasks 250 252 repeating 321 setting alarms for 335 turning off 321 remote access server 341 Remove Programs icon 300 Remove Programs screen 300 Remove Split command 276 removing See also d
186. eformatted expansion cards To format a card on your own you need to connect a card reader sold separately to your computer Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 301 Inserting and Removing Expansion Cards 1 Open the door to the expansion card slot by lifting the left edge of the door and then rotating the door downward 2 Do either of the following To insert an expansion card hold your Treo with the screen facing you and the card with the label facing you and then insert the card into the expansion card slot until you feel it lock into place The contacts on the card should be facing away from you To remove an expansion card press the card into the expansion card slot until it is released from the slot Your Treo has a push push mechanism push in gently to insert a card push in gently to remove it If the Ringer switch is set to Sound On you hear a confirmation tone when you insert or remove an expansion card Opening Applications on an Expansion Card After you insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot you can open any of the applications stored on the expansion card 302 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Press Start 2 and select File Explorer Select the list in the upper left corner and then select Storage Card A DN A Select the application you want to open To run an a
187. egory link Select the Buy Now link below the item you want to purchase Follow the onscreen prompts to complete the transaction Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 297 Installing Applications From Other Web Sites on the Internet You can use Internet Explorer Mobile to install Windows Mobile applications in the CAB file format directly from the Internet For files in the ZIP file format you must unzip the files in File Explorer before you install them For files in any format other than CAB or ZIP you must first download the files to your computer and then install them to your Treo by synchronizing 1 A amp ND NO Om 8 Make sure your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 Press Start 2 and select Internet Explorer Go to the page that contains the link to the application you want to download Press Left 4 or Right to highlight the link to the file and then press Center O to start the download process If prompted select the folder where you want to store the file When the download is complete press Start zz and select File Explorer Go to the folder you selected in step 5 Select the file you downloaded to start the installation program Installing Applications From Your Computer There are many applications available for your Treo To get started check out the selection at palm com treo800wsprint support 298 To install
188. elect Wi Fi a Highlight the network from which you want to disconnect and then press Disconnect left softkey e To remove the network settings from memory press Menu right softkey and select Remove Settings The next time you re within range and the Wi Fi feature is turned on you must re create the connection to connect to this network Customizing Wi Fi Settings 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select WiFi Prefs qe 3 On the Power tab set any of the following See Enable Power Save Mode Conserve battery power Gonmecion when Wi Fi is turned on For optimum battery performance leave this option enabled Connection Set when the Wi Fi feature is on and when your Treo attempts to search for networks On Button Press Leave the Wi Fi feature off until you press Wi Fi 4 to turn it on After you turn the Wi Fi feature on your Treo searches for available networks Always On Leave the Wi Fi feature on Your Treo searches for available networks whenever the screen is awake If a network to which you previously connected is available your device automatically connects to that network To prevent your Treo from searching for networks press and hold Wi Fi A to turn the Wi Fi feature off 194 Section SF Using Wireless Connections Scan Search for available Wi Fi networks If your Treo locates
189. eleting battery door 28 351 expansion cards 302 items from playlists 232 Rename command 305 Rename Move command 269 283 304 renaming expansion cards 305 notes 255 287 pictures or videos 221 Word documents 269 workbooks 283 worksheets 280 Repeat check box 321 Repeat command 230 repeating appointments 244 repeating current song 229 Index repeating reminders 321 ring tone managers 373 repeating tasks 250 Ring tone options 100 Replace All option 266 283 Ring type options 100 replacement stylus 344 Ringer switch 27 35 320 replacing ringer volume 101 data in spreadsheets 282 ringer silencing 82 device battery 29 344 351 ringtone IDs 101 text 266 327 ringtones Reply All command 144 160 assigning to contacts 92 101 239 Reply command 144 160 downloading 99 176 Reply softkey 144 previewing 100 Require SSL for Incoming e mail check recording 100 box 134 selecting 99 100 Require SSL for Outgoing e mail check silencing 319 box 134 roaming 99 105 107 311 366 resetting Treo 349 351 Roaming icon 106 resizing Roaming message 107 PDF files 289 roaming preferences 106 spreadsheet elements 280 Rotate softkey 220 lext 172 322 328 rotating pictures 220 222 resolution 212 214 299 396 resolution screen 355 Resolution command 213 restoring factory settings 234 information 350 sounds 320 Today screen settings 367 Save to Contact command 220 resuming media playback 233 Save to list 303 Retrieve Certificate button
190. ement Software Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device which includes the following e Desktop synchronization software e Additional software for your Treo e User Guide this guide You also need the following items to complete the installation and activation e An activated Sprint service plan A location with wireless coverage for your Treo An electrical outlet The computer with which you want to synchronize your information you want to synchronize If you don t have Outlook 2003 or later installed on your computer insert the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device into your computer s CD drive select Palm Support Center and then select Microsoft Outlook 2007 60 day trial to download a trial version of this software Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Microsoft Outlook 2003 or later sold separately installed on the computer with which 23 Your Treo Smart Device 24 Front View o 9 NND OSCURA e ME ACRES NSO o Ne SO o Nd 1 Indicator Light provides status information for your Treo based on the color of the light 2 Volume Button adjust the volume level for the earpiece speaker and ringer 3 Side Button opens the Notes application by default You can also reassign this button to open your favorite application see Reassigning Buttons on page 324 4 Left Softkey gives
191. emory usage 338 voice recording formats 327 voicemail accessing 39 84 retrieving 83 84 sending calls to 82 setting ringtones for 100 setting up 39 83 troubleshooting 102 voicemail buttons 84 93 Voicemail icon 83 84 85 Voicemail Pass Code option 39 menus 60 Volume button 24 notes 286 volume adjusting 37 100 notifications 321 VPN clients 342 360 organizer features 34 VPN connections PDF files 288 289 adding 342 pictures 216 287 playlists 232 power settings 338 space on expansion cards 338 speed dial buttons 78 spreadsheets 274 lasks 251 252 text messages 159 160 videos 216 230 Web favorites 175 Index downloading attachments and 140 receiving email and 124 130 setting up 341 342 VPN software 124 Ww waking up screen 34 85 Warn when changing option 178 Warn when page content is blocked option 178 433 warnings 321 weak signals 356 Web browsing 86 171 172 174 343 Web favorites 44 174 174 175 Web links creating 286 freeing internal memory and 374 highlighting 58 opening 287 organizing 175 selecting 144 sending 173 Web pages accessing 171 172 188 bookmarking 174 copying from 176 dialing from 79 downloading items from 176 298 entering information on 173 371 fitting to screen 172 hiding images on 173 navigating through 173 playing media files from 230 returning to recently viewed 174 177 searching 164 172 179 sending email from 174 setting as home 177 tro
192. ems vary from application to application and from screen to screen Look on the screen directly above the softkeys to see the actions that they make available in the current application If you don t see a label above these keys the keys are inactive from the current screen In most cases the right softkey opens the menu and the left softkey activates a specific item such as New or Edit Remember that softkey functions vary from Screen to screen so be sure to check the onscreen label before pressing the softkeys Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 59 1 Left Softkey Activates This Item 2 Right Softkey Activates This Item Selecting Menu llems In many applications a menu provides access to additional features The menu is hidden until you press Menu right softkey To get the most out of your Treo it s a good idea to familiarize yourself with the additional features available through the menu in various applications 1 Press Menu lt right softkey coda New Appointment 2 Press Up or Down w to highlight a menu item in mint s s mh 3 If an arrow appears next to a menu item press Center ETE sss or Right to display additional options for that item and ps to Todey then press Up or Down to highlight a menu item To 129x194 Go to Date return to the main menu without making a selection press Left 4 4 Press Center to select the menu
193. en Desktop and Full Screen Switch to Desktop to see the full size image see Viewing a Web Page on page 172 A Secure Site Refuses to Permit a Transaction Some Web sites don t support certain browsers for transactions Please contact the site s Web master to make sure the site allows transactions using Internet Explorer Mobile Camera Here are some tips for taking good pictures with the built in camera e Clean the camera s lens with a soft lint free cloth e Take pictures in bright lighting conditions Low light images may be grainy due to the sensitivity of the camera Section 7A Help 371 e Hold the camera as still as possible Try supporting your picture taking arm against your body or a stationary object such as a wall e Keep the subject of the pictures still Exposure time is longer with lower light levels so you may see a blur e For best results position the brightest light source behind you lighting the subject s face Avoid taking indoor pictures with the subject in front of a window or light e Make sure the subject is at least 18 inches away from the camera to ensure good focus Remember that when you synchronize your Camera images are stored in the following folder on your hard drive see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 205 Windows XP C Documents and Settings lt username gt My Documents lt device name gt My Documents Windows Vista C Users lt Username gt Pictures My Camer
194. en for Windows Mobile version 6 1 or later Programs written for earlier versions may not support 5 way navigation or softkeys and can have performance problems Before purchasing a third party program try the free version if available to make sure the program works properly with Windows Mobile 6 1 and your Treo Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 299 Removing Applications To free up storage space on your Treo you can remove applications that you no longer use You can remove only applications patches and extensions that you install you cannot remove the built in applications that reside in the Read Only Memory ROM portion of your device 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Remove Programs e Tota storage memory avatabie 3 Highlight the application that you want to remove 4 Select Remove 5 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Some applications are factory installed on your Treo and cannot be deleted These are not included on the Remove Programs ist Sharing Information Remove Programs Programs n storage memory Your Treo comes equipped with a variety of options for sharing information so that you can choose the quickest most convenient way to send your information or to receive information from another device e When you have a file open in a program such as Notes or Pictures amp Videos you can easily
195. equire that you have an Internet connection to their network to send email through their servers In this case you can almost always receive email from these accounts but if you want to send email you must send it through another server Contact Sprint for an outgoing mail server option based on your Sprint account settings Section 7A Help 369 In other cases your ISP may be able to provide you with the outgoing mail server settings required to send mail from your Treo I Have Problems Synchronizing Messages on My Treo With Messages on My Computer Make sure you have chosen the same settings for the account on both your Treo and your computer For example if the account is set up on your Treo to use the POP protocol check the ActiveSync settings on your computer to make sure that POP is selected as the protocol for that account My vCard or vCal Email Attachment Isn t Forwarding Correctly Microsoft Office Outlook provides several features that work with email client software on a Windows computer For these features to work correctly the email client software must be properly set up Follow these steps to check the settings 1 aA wD Web On your computer click Start gt Control Panel Select Internet Options and then click the Programs tab Make sure that the email field is set to the correct email client software Click OK Start the email client software and make sure it is configured as the default
196. er applications have screen size limits The Screen Appears Blank 1 The screen backlight dims when there is no keyboard activity for 30 seconds The screen backlight turns off automatically when the screen turns off or when you are on a call or playing music in the background for longer than the time period specified in Backlight Settings expires Press any key to wake up the screen Keep in mind that pressing Power End hangs up any calls in progress 2 Look closely at the screen and if you can see a dim image try adjusting the Screen brightness see Adjusting the Brightness on page 322 3 If that doesn t work perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 349 4 If that doesn t work connect your Treo to the AC charger see Charging the Battery on page 29 and perform a soft reset again 5 If you re using a third party application make sure that the application supports 320x320 screen resolution 6 If that doesn t work perform a hard reset see Performing a Hard Reset on page 350 The Screen Doesn t Respond Accurately to Taps or Activates Wrong Features 1 Make sure there is no debris trapped under the edges of the screen 2 Press Start 22 and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Screen 8 4 On the Alignment tab select Align Screen 5 Follow the onscreen instructions to align the screen Section 7A Help 355 6 Press OK i To find carryin
197. ersaries 244 appointments Answer softkey 81 See also events answering the phone 81 89 98 adding 243 244 antenna port 26 appearing in wrong time slots 364 appearance settings 318 322 323 deleting 248 Appearance tab 318 entering multiple 243 application buttons 69 marking as private 247 applications scheduling repeating 244 See also third party applications viewing 242 accessing 70 324 Appointments tab 249 associating with buttons 324 area codes 241 checking battery status and 31 Assign a program options 324 closing 69 71 attachments copying 304 adding 137 customizing 324 328 downloading 139 140 152 deleting 300 374 embedding objects in 141 displaying memory usage for 338 freeing internal memory and 374 displaying menus in 60 opening 139 downloading 298 sending 153 getting help with 15 storing 139 149 included with Treo 398 troubleshooting 370 instaling 296 299 373 Attendees command 246 moving to expansion cards 304 audio 82 223 227 opening 69 70 302 audio accessories 97 playing media files and 233 audio files 226 running from expansion cards 308 374 See also media files running multiple 71 86 authentication 134 369 sending email and 124 Authentication options 192 storing 374 Auto Sync tab 152 synchronizing 43 45 314 Auto Sync troubleshooting 369 Index 401 auto completion options 326 328 AutoCorrect command 220 auto correction option 327 See also spell checking Autofill option 278 AutoFilter command 281 AutoFilter s
198. erview 76 86 roaming and 105 107 running applications and 86 sending or receiving text messages and 158 setting ringtones for 99 100 silencing ringer for 82 troubleshooting 358 359 375 388 turning off and on 34 35 82 waking up screen for 85 421 Phone as Modem feature 116 379 phone calls answering a second 89 blocking 104 ending 87 89 forwarding 88 getting assistance with 16 ignoring 82 making 76 81 85 89 98 160 placing on hold 86 playing music and 82 receiving 81 82 85 88 90 setting up conference 88 90 91 transferring to handsets 98 transferring to voicemail 39 82 Phone dialog box 79 phone headsets 95 98 196 359 Phone Lock feature 328 330 phone numbers adding 102 assigning prefix to 102 assigning to speed dial buttons 91 94 checking 37 copying 79 81 entering from Dial Pad 81 entering from keyboard 76 77 79 entering special characters in 84 92 getting from online address books 142 hiding speed dial buttons for 78 93 highlighting 59 including pauses in 92 redialing most recent 80 saving 87 422 selecting 79 144 Phone Off message 107 379 phone settings 99 101 102 104 Phone Settings screen 330 phone specifications 396 Phone tab 101 Phone Talk button 24 72 phone off icon 35 photos See pictures Picsel PDF Viewer 288 290 picture buttons 92 picture files 206 216 See also media files picture formats 212 222 picture resolution 212 213 pictures adding to contact 220 adjust
199. ery 1 Plug the AC charger into a wall outlet o Indicator Light 2 Connect the charger cable to the microUSB connector on the bottom of the device Make sure the symbol on the cable is facing up toward your Treo screen Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 29 3 To confirm that your Treo is being charged wait about 30 seconds and then check the indicator light Solid red Your Treo is being charged and the battery is less than 90 full Solid green Your Treo is charged and the battery is at least 90 full If the battery is fully drained it may take a few minutes for the indicator light to turn on when you connect your Treo to the AC charger If the indicator light still does not turn on double check the cable connection and the electrical outlet to which it is connected Although it takes longer to charge you can also charge your Treo through your computer by connecting them with the sync cable see Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 50 However if the battery is fully drained you must use the AC charger Checking Battery Power The onscreen battery icon displays the power status Pind KTM gus X23 C Los Messaging Battery Icon e Lightning bolt cy Battery is being charged e Gray lightning bolt a Battery is connected to a power source and is fully charged Full battery am Battery is fully charged 30 Section 1A Setting Up Your
200. ess Go right softkey to continue Sprint Navigation 5 Use the 5 way to select the icon that best describes what you want to do Drive To Get turn by turn driving instructions to a specific location Maps amp Traffic View a map and traffic information for your current location or another location of your choice Section SE Using GPS 185 Search Locate nearby services such as the most inexpensive gas station in the area or the closest bank or ATM Tools amp Extra Set Sprint Navigation options and to access other tools For example you can view a compass and assign your current location a name such as home The External GPS settings described in Setting Up an External GPS Device on page 337 do not affect Sprint Navigation 186 Section 3E Using GPS Section 3F Using Wireless Connections In This Section Connecting to a Wi Fi Network Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology Beaming Information With IR Section SF Using Wireless Connections 187 Connecting to a Wi Fi Network Many environments such as corporate offices coffee shops airports and libraries offer access to a Wi Fi network A Wi Fi network is a wireless local area network WLAN that is based on the 802 11b g standard When you re within range of an accessible Wi FI network you can use the Wi Fi feature of your Palm Treo 800w smart device to connect to that network and access the Web
201. essage Selecting a higher limit means more of your messages are fully downloaded but message retrieval might take longer You can also choose to download message headers only regardless of size Download attachments Set whether attachments are automatically downloaded with messages 10 Press Finish right softkey Messages sent to you as plain text are always received as plain text even if you select HTML Setting Email Delivery Preferences 1 Press Inbox 54 2 Select the email account you want 3 Press Menu c right softkey and select Delivery Preferences Section 3B Using the Email Features 151 4 On the Auto Sync tab set any of the following Connect and check for messages every Set how frequently the Inbox application checks for new email messages Connection Set which connection settings to use when checking for email such as Internet or Work 5 Select the Filters tab and set any of the following 6 Press OK Only display messages from the last day s Set the number of days worth of email to be retrieved for each automatic or manual retrieval Get Set whether to download the full message or only the message header Include KB of message body Set the size of an incoming message that is automatically downloaded For any message that exceeds this size you must manually download the rest of the message Setting a higher limit means that more of your m
202. essages are fully downloaded but message retrieval might take longer You can also choose to download message headers only regardless of size When getting full copy get attachments Set whether attachments are automatically downloaded with the message text Only if smaller than Limit the size of attachments that are downloaded automatically Working With Meeting Invitations You can receive meeting invitations on your Treo in the same way that you receive email messages Here are the key features of meeting invitations Meeting invitations appear on your Treo in the Inbox application not in Calendar e From within the Inbox application you can accept decline or tentatively accept a meeting invitation e If you accept an invitation the meeting shows up as an appointment in Calendar 152 Section 3B Using the Email Features e You can reply to and forward meeting invitations in the same way as email messages You can create meeting invitations on your Treo see Sending a Meeting Request on page 246 Press Inbox Select the account you want Select a meeting invitation to open it Meeting invitations appear with this icon A ND A Do either of the following To accept the invitation press Accept gt left softkey select whether to edit include comments with your response and then select OK To decline or tentatively accept the invitation press Menu C righ
203. essory Hotline 344 Sprint Customer Service 15 36 Sprint National Network 116 Sprint Navigation icon 185 Sprint Navigation service 185 240 Sprint Operator Services 17 Sprint Power Vision accounts See accounts Sprint Power Vision home page 177 Sprint Power Vision services 114 115 116 171 Sprint Premium Services 40 Sprint Software Store 297 Sprite Backup utility 52 SSIDs 192 379 standby mode camera 213 Start button 24 Start menu 70 324 325 starting Calendar application 242 chat sessions 160 163 Contacts application 238 Excel Mobile 276 Internet Explorer 69 172 Media Player Mobile 229 OneNote Mobile 285 Pictures amp Videos application 212 214 PowerPoint Mobile 271 Index synchronization 48 50 311 synchronization Tasks application 250 battery life and 31 Word Mobile 265 Bluetooth devices and 199 312 313 static 392 computers and 42 46 49 50 313 315 status icons phone 107 defined 379 stereo adapters 97 Exchange servers and 43 129 308 310 stereo headsets 97 226 freeing memory for 366 Still image compression level option 223 infrared connections and 202 313 Still Mode command 212 media files and 206 208 227 Stop command 230 Office files and 260 262 stopping media playback 230 online address books and 143 stopping synchronization 315 overview 41 43 307 Storage Card folder 299 starting 48 50 311 Storage Card library 231 stopping 315 Storage Card setting 303 third party applications and 44 Storage tab
204. etooth device is charged and turned on e Your Treo is within range of the hands free device Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet 10 meters in optimum environmental conditions which include the absence of obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors e The Bluetooth Settings screen is closed 358 Section 7A Help The Wi Fi feature is off If Wi Fi is on press and hold Wi Fi 7 to turn this feature off and then try to use your Bluetooth device again e You are away from other devices using the 2 4GHz radio frequency such as cordless phones and microwaves If this is impossible move the phone closer to the hands free device e The device specifications are compatible with your Treo If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether Bluetooth features are disabled on your Treo Lost the Connection Between My Treo and My Bluetooth Headset 1 9 N99 A WD 9 Press Start 2 and then select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth On the Devices tab select Add New Device Select your headset name from the list In Partnership Settings make sure the Hands Free box is checked Select Save Highlight the headset name Press and hold Center C to open the shortcut menu and then select Set as Hands Free Test your headset by making or receiving a call If the head
205. ettings spreadsheets 273 AutoFit option 280 Auto Keyguard feature 328 329 Auto Keyguard option 329 Auto lock option 330 Automatic Send Receive option 131 135 150 auto off interval 339 377 auto scroll option 328 B background music 230 backgrounds 212 219 234 318 backing up information 52 350 360 backlight 63 339 Backlight icon 322 backlight shut off settings 64 339 Backspace key 59 backup utilities 348 351 367 backups restoring 351 367 battery activating Treo and 36 caring for 388 390 charging 29 30 344 conserving power for 339 creating Bluetooth connections and 198 disposing of 352 390 402 inserting 28 maximizing 31 32 replacing 29 344 351 viewing remaining power for 338 viewing status of 30 battery door 26 28 351 battery icon 30 battery specifications 396 battery charge indicator 30 battery ready indicator 30 Beam command 198 201 beaming 198 200 201 377 billing information 115 birthdays 244 Blazer See Web browsing Web pages Block Recognizer option 326 Bluetooth devices accessing GPS information on 337 adding 197 communicating with 196 compatibility with 196 connecting to 196 198 200 deleting partnerships for 198 discovering 199 making phone calls and 95 97 maximizing battery and 31 sending and receiving info over 198 199 setting up Internet Sharing with 118 119 synchronizing over 199 312 313 troubleshooting 199 358 359 365 Bluetooth feature 196 197 312 Bluetooth icon 196
206. etworks 377 accessing corporate 341 411 phone calls 16 creating passwords for 40 5 way navigator 25 56 59 373 customizing 135 147 149 911 calls 328 330 384 deleting email 135 enabling Sprint Power Vision 114 A T getting usernames for 115 abbreviated dialing prefixes 103 managing 16 About screen 115 preventing unauthorized use of 330 335 AC charger 29 344 setting up email 130 132 accented characters 65 setting up Exchange Server 126 129 accessing l troubleshooting 367 368 account information 16 40 unlocking device and 331 alternate characters list 66 Accounts tab 132 147 applications 70 324 actions 321 corporate servers 341 367 activating items on screen 59 directory assistance 16 activating Treo 23 36 GPS information 337 active call view 85 86 89 menu items 60 active calls 89 90 328 on device help 15 See also phone calls online address books 142 ActiveSync 43 135 online support 15 defined 377 Quick Tour 15 See also synchronization software Sprint Power Vision services 115 ActiveSync icon 49 52 377 Today screen 72 76 ActiveSync technology 377 voicemail 39 84 adapters 344 Web pages 171 172 188 Add Contact prompt 87 accessories 344 Add Optional Attendee command 246 Index 399 Add Recipient option 157 Add Required Attendee command 246 Add Server Source command 308 Add to Contacts command 160 Add to Favorites command 175 adding appointments 243 244 attachments 137 Bluetooth devices 197 bullete
207. expansion card sold separately you can change where pictures are stored see Customizing Your Pictures amp Videos Settings on page 222 For information on accessing your pictures on your computer see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 205 Pictures are captured and stored in 16 bit color JPG format Resolution settings range from a low end of 160x120 pixels to a high end of 1600x1200 pixels You can change the default setting See Customizing Your Pictures amp Videos Settings on page 222 for details 1 Press Start z and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Select Camera If you see a camcorder f icon below the preview image video mode is on To turn on the still camera press Menu right softkey and select Still LEN You can also access the camera feature by pressing Option Start 212 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 3 Aim your Treo as you would any camera to frame the S Plures R Ves ED Y C ok subject in the device s screen Your Treo has a self portrait mirror next to the camera lens on the back of your device Use the mirror when you re taking a picture or video and you want to be in the picture too 4 Optional Adjust any of the following Zoom Press Up a to zoom in or Down w to zoom out Thumbnails Brightness Press Right to increase the brightness so you can take pictures in low light environments or press Left 4 to decre
208. ff If the Ringer switch is set to no Sound Off c4 the Ringer setting overrides the sound settings and all sounds are turned off including any music you may be playing When you slide the Ringer switch back to Sound On it restores the previous sound settings All sounds are as loud or as soft as they were before you turned them off Your Treo includes a silent alarm that can vibrate even when the Ringer Switch is set to Sound Off Selecting Sounds amp Notifications 1 Press Start z and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Sounds amp Notifications A 320 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 3 On the Sounds tab set any of the following options ERU Events Turn sounds on and off for system warnings Sounds amp Notineations Enable sounds for and error messages ene meee SENE Programs Turn sounds on and off that are specific to v Programs Notficagions alarms reminders the applications on your Treo Osx Notifications Turn alarms and reminders on and jr Vewtope iui off in all the applications on your Treo Q Screen taps Set whether tapping the screen generates a sound and set the volume level when this sound is turned on Hardware buttons Set whether pressing buttons generates a sound and set the volume level when this sound is turned on Sounds Notficamons Manage 4 Select the Notifications tab and set
209. ffered the option to set up synchronization with an Exchange server select No See Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 308 for instructions on synchronizing with a server 4 Connect your Treo to your computer to sync for the first time see Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 50 Using the Desktop Sync Software After the desktop sync software is installed on your computer synchronization happens automatically anytime you connect your Treo to your computer as described in the next section You can also open the desktop sync software window on your computer to perform the following tasks e Install applications from your computer to your Treo see Installing Applications From Your Computer on page 298 or to an expansion card inserted into the expansion card slot on your device see Installing Applications Onto an Expansion Card on page 299 e Change which applications synchronize e In ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer enter settings to synchronize wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or with Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 You can also change which applications synchronize see Changing Which Applications Sync on page 314 and enter settings to synchronize wirelessly see Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 308 Whether you enter changes on your Treo or on your computer the changes are transferred to the other location the next time you synchron
210. g 161 Sorting Your Messages You can arrange the messages in any folder by date or sender 1 Goto the Inbox or other folder you want to arrange 2 Press Menu C right softkey and select Sort 3 Select By Date or By Name Deleting a Single Message 1 Goto the nbox or other folder containing the message you want to delete 2 Highlight the message 3 Press Menu c right softkey and select Delete 4 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Deleting Multiple Messages IUE 1 Goto the Inbox or other folder containing the messages you want to delete Delete messages n tox Chie thir coe wee 2 Press Menu c right softkey and select Purge 3 Select the age of messages to be deleted or select Delete all messages O Deke af messages 4 Select Purge left softkey 162 Section 3C Using Messaging Customizing Your Messaging Settings 1 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 and press Messaging left softkey 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 On the Messages tab set the following options Confirm message deletions Set whether you see deletion confirmation messages Signature Add a signature to outgoing messages Select the button then on the Signature screen check the Use signature with new messages box enter your signature text and press OK 4 Select the Chat tab and set any of the following options Create chats from messages Set
211. g Bonus Software From the CD The Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device includes several bonus software applications that you can install on your Treo You can install these applications when you install the desktop software or you can install them later 1 So aKR o ND If an application does not have a Microsoft Mobile to Market certificate a message appears indicating that the application is untrusted If this occurs you can indicate whether you want to continue the installation Be sure to select and install applications that are compatible with Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Applications that are designed for other versions of Windows Mobile may not be compatible with your Treo Insert the Getting Started CD into the CD drive on your computer Click Bonus Software Click the name of the application you want to install Click Install on the right side of the screen Optional Repeat steps 3 and 4 to install additional applications Synchronize your Treo with your computer to install the application s on your device Purchasing Applications From the Sprint Mobile Software Store You can use Software Store to purchase and install applications directly from the Sprint Mobile Software Store Web site onto your Treo 1 9m ms amp ND Make sure your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 Press Start 22 and select Programs Select Software Store y Select a cat
212. g cases that protect the screen and other useful accessories visit palm com treo800wsprint support Network Connection Signal Strength Is Weak If you re standing move about ten feet in any direction e f you re in a building move near a window Open any metal blinds If you re in a building move outdoors or to a more open area If you re outdoors move away from large buildings trees or electrical wires e If you re in a vehicle move your Treo so that it s level with a window Become familiar with low coverage areas where you live commute work and play so you know when to expect signal strength issues My Treo Won t Connect to the Wireless Network 1 Try the preceding suggestions for weak signals 2 Turn off your phone and turn it on again see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 3 Perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 349 My Treo Seems to Turn Off by Itself If a system error and reset occur the phone automatically turns on if it was on before the reset However if your Treo can t determine if your phone was on before the reset it does not automatically turn on the phone see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 356 Section 7A Help I Can t Tell If Data Services Are Available 1xRTT single carrier 1x radio transmission technology A wireless technology that can provide fast data transfer and Internet access with average
213. ghlight the video in Thumbnails view and then press Play left softkey or Center Press OK to return to Thumbnails view If you don t like a video you recorded delete it See Deleting a Picture or Video on page 221 for details If you pause your recording for more than three minutes the recording is stopped and the video clip is automatically saved oe MN 9 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 215 Viewing Pictures and Videos Viewing a Picture In addition to viewing the pictures you capture with the built in camera you can view pictures that are captured on many popular digital cameras or downloaded from the Internet Your Treo supports the following picture formats JPG JPEG JPE GIF BMP WBMP PNG 1 Press Start fz and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Select the picture you want to view 3 Press OK To view pictures that are stored in a different folder select the list in the upper left corner and then select the album you want to view Viewing a Video to return to Thumbnails view In addition to viewing the videos you capture with the built in camera you can view videos captured on many popular digital cameras or streamed from Web sites Your Treo supports MPEG 4 H 264 H 263 and Windows Media videos with the following file extensions e MP4 MAV e 8GPP 3GP e 3GPP2 3G2 e Windows Media WMV ASF 2
214. ght remains on until there is no keyboard activity for 30 seconds and then the screen dims The screen backlight turns off automatically when the screen turns off or when you are on a call or playing music in the background for longer than the time specified in Backlight Settings The screen backlight also turns off when an application s power saving features turn it off You can set different shut off intervals depending on whether the Treo is ope rating on battery power or is connected to an external power source To change the screen backlight shut off interval do the following 1 2 3 4 Press Start 2 and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Backlight a On the Battery Power tab select a shut off interval from the list Select the External Power tab and select a shut off interval from the list Press OK You can also adjust the backlight brightness See Adjusting the Brightness on page 322 for details Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters By default the first letter of each sentence or field is capitalized and the remaining text you enter is lowercase To enter other uppercase letters do one of the following 64 Press Shift Ge and then enter a letter You don t need to press and hold Shift while entering a letter When Shift is active this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen Press Shift e twice to turn on Caps Lock and the
215. harmful to your hearing 1 Press Start g and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone 3 Select the Services tab and then select Hearing Aid Compatibility HAC 4 Indicate whether you want HAC set to On or Off 5 Press OK to return to Phone Settings 6 Press OK to finish Controlling Your Roaming Experience Your device is digital dual band This means that you can make and receive calls while on the Sprint National Network It also means that you can connect to other digital networks called roaming if Sprint has implemented a roaming agreement with the network provider Section 2B Using the Phone Features 105 When you roam outside the Sprint National Network the Roaming A icon appears at the top of your screen Additional charges may apply if you use your Treo while roaming To learn more about roaming visit www sprintcom Feature Availability e You can make and receive calls while roaming e You can access voicemail while roaming e Other features that are standard on the Sprint National Network such as call waiting and Sprint Power Vision may be available depending upon your roaming network Data services may not be available when you are roaming on partner networks Setting Roaming Preferences Use Roaming Preferences to set specific options for using your phone while roaming For example you can set options to be notified that you
216. he Files sync folder on your computer and from your Treo highlight the file name and click Remove Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files 207 If you receive an error while synchronizing files make sure that all of the files youre trying to sync are closed on both your computer and on your Treo If a Treo My Documents sync folder has been created on your computer you can also sync by dragging files into the appropriate subfolder under that folder Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows Vista Do the following to synchronize pictures videos and music files that you capture on or copy to your Treo 208 N ONAN A amp Make sure Windows Mobile Device Center is installed on your computer see Setting Up Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista on page 47 Connect your Treo to your computer with the USB sync cable If Windows Mobile Device Center does not open automatically on your computer click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device Select Pictures Music and Video Select X new pictures video clips are available for import Optional Add a tag name for the pictures and videos you are importing Click Import To find all synchronized imported pictures and videos on your computer click Start gt Pictures or go to C Users lt Username gt Pictures Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media
217. he Screen Saver tab and set whether the clock screen saver appears when the phone is turned on and the screen is turned off 6 Press OK Power oper Main battery Liton Battery Power Remainin on battery power On external power al power mAH consumed 462 Tum olf device IF not used re vi Smis for Battery Advanced Screen Saver Buttery Advanced Screen Saver To conserve additional battery power adjust the display backlight setting Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Backlight On the Battery Power tab set whether the display backlight turns off automatically after a period of inactivity Viewing and Managing Active Tasks 1 Press Start fz and select Settings 2 Select System and then select Task Manager Ea 3 Do any of the following Close a specific application Highlight the application s name and press End Task left softkey Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 339 Close all active applications Press Menu right softkey select End All Tasks and then select Yes to confirm the action View a list of all active processes Press Menu C right softkey and select View gt Processes 4 Press OK Tp o O You can also press and hold Option OK to access Task Manager Connection Settings Turning Wireless Services On and Off T EN
218. he Web site address or select History and select a site you ve visited before Section 4C Playing Media Files Working With Libraries A library represents each of the storage locations available to Windows Media Player Mobile Such as your Treo or an optional expansion card sold separately Each library contains links to the media files in that location Windows Media Player Mobile usually creates and updates the library automatically when you add media files for the first time For example when you add media files to your Treo the My Device library is created When you insert an expansion card containing media files the Storage Card library is created When you update a library it automatically updates video files WMV MP4 M4V 3G2 and 3GP and audio files WMA MP3 M4A QCP WAV AMR and AAC If you move files between your Treo and an expansion card be sure to update your libraries or you won t be able to see the files in their new location 1 Press Start fz and select Windows Media 2 If you re not on the Library screen press Menu right softkey and select Library to go to the Library screen 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Update Library 4 Wait for the files to be added and then select Done If you don t see a media file that you added manually update the library To delete an item from a library Highlight the item and then press and hold Center on the 5 way to
219. he connection you want to view or change and then select Edit or to create a new connection select New 6 Follow the onscreen instructions for editing or creating the connection Connecting to a VPN If you want to use your Treo to access your corporate email account or other files on your corporate server you may need to set up a VPN virtual private network A VPN enables you to log in to your corporate server through the company s firewall security layer You need to set up a VPN to access a corporate server in either of the following situations e Your company s wireless local area network LAN is outside the firewall e Your company s wireless LAN is inside the firewall but you are accessing the network from outside the firewall for example from a public location or at home Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 341 Check with your company s system administrator to see if a VPN is required for accessing the corporate network If you need a VPN you must purchase and install a third party VPN client in order to use this feature Before you begin setting up a VPN ask your system administrator for the following information Your username and password Your server s domain name Your server s TCP IP settings Your server s host name or IP adaress A common cause of sync problems is the presence of protective software such as VPNs or firewalls on your computer or network See Th
220. he entries on your Treo However you can restore all previously synchronized information the next time you sync see Connecting to Your Computer on page 41 In addition your device might not reestablish a Sprint Power Vision session after a hard reset To manually establish a new Sprint Power Vision session open the browser to access a Web site 1 Press Start 2x and select Settings IAE mem E 2 On the Personal tab select Lock 5 Password 3 On the Password tab check the Prompt if device unused for box to turn on the password feature 4 Select the first list and then select how long a period of inactivity must pass before you are prompted to enter a password to unlock the system 5 Select the Password type list and then select a format for your password Prompt i device unused O Mirtes Strong alphanumeric A strong alphanumeric password must contain at least 7 characters and must contain a combination of letters numerals and punctuation You must press Option or Alt before entering numerals or punctuation Simple PIN A simple PIN must contain at least 4 characters and includes numerals only You do not need to press Option before entering the PIN numerals Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 6 Select Password and enter your password You can t see your password as you enter it so be careful Be sure Caps Lock and Option Lock are not on unless
221. he folder you want to move the workbook to Select the Location list and then select Main memory or Storage card Press OK d Select the list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to view Select the list in the upper right corner and then select the sort method mu When you go to a folder you can easily search your documents by sorting by type Deleting Cells Rows and Columns 1 Open the workbook containing the elements you want to delete 2 Highlight the area you want to delete 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Delete Cells 4 09 xw 99 AH ND Select how you want to remove the elements Shift cells left Delete the highlighted cells and moves all cells on the right one column to the left Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 283 Shift cells up Delete the highlighted cells and moves all cells below them up Entire row Delete the entire row in which the highlighted cells are located and moves all rows below it up Entire column Delete the entire column in which the highlighted cells are located and moves all columns on the right one column to the left 5 Press OK Excel Mobile adjusts formulas to reflect the new cell locations However a formula that refers to a deleted cell displays the REF error value To delete a workbook go to the workbook list and highlight the workbook you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select
222. he next message You do not need to press Option to enter numbers or while checking voicemail or during any other call that requires interaction with an automated voice system When a Voicemail icon appears at the top of the screen you can tap the icon to retrieve your voicemail If you have trouble accessing a voicemail system try changing the Dial Pad tone setting See Selecting Your Call Settings on page 101 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Clearing the Voicemail Icon After you retrieve your voicemail messages the Voicemail icon at the top of your screen usually disappears If it doesn t you can clear the Voicemail icon manually 1 Press Start 3g and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone 3 Select the Services tab 4 Select Clear Voicemail Icon and then press Center What Can I Do When I m On a Call When you make or receive a call Active Call view appears on your Today screen Stot CM in Prodeess Current Duration of Call Caller s Name and Number Mute Speakerphone When a call lasts longer than 30 seconds the screen dims To wake up the screen press any key except Power End Section 2B Using the Phone Features RON During a call you can do any of the following Navigate around the Today screen Press Down w to minimize Active Call view into a field on the Today screen just below
223. hen press and hold the same button to turn it back on again e Perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 349 e Confirm that data services are correctly configured on your Treo 1 Press Start 35 and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections me 3 On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections 4 If Power Vision appears in the list press OK If not contact Sprint for assistance I Can t Send or Receive Text Messages e Make sure your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 e Contact Sprint to verify that your plan includes messaging services that these services have been correctly activated and that they are available at your location Sprint should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission delays If possible contact the recipient of the message and make sure the receiving device can handle the type of message you re sending e Ifa text message arrives but does not display a notification perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 349 e If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your System administrator to find out whether messaging features are disabled on your Treo I Can t Make or Receive Calls Using a Bluetooth Hands Free Device Verify all of the following e The Turn on Bluetooth box is checked in Bluetooth Settings e Your Blu
224. hen you capture new pictures and videos they appear as the last items in Thumbnails view To place the new items in the appropriate sort order refresh the screen by selecting a different sort method or closing and reopening Pictures amp Videos Using a Picture as the Today Screen Background Press Start 2 and select Pictures amp Videos Highlight the picture you want to use Press Menu right softkey and select Set as Today Background Select the Transparency Level list and select the appropriate level Use a higher percentage for a more transparent picture or a lower percentage for a more opaque picture 5 Press OK to return to Thumbnails view o Nau You can also use the Today Settings screen to set the Today screen background See Selecting Your Today Screen Background on page 318 for details Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 219 Adding a Picture to a Contact Entry Press Start 2 and select Pictures amp Videos Highlight the picture you want to use Press Menu right softkey and select Save to Contact AOUN Select the contact you want to add the picture to Editing Pictures 1 Press Start and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Open the picture you want to edit 3 Press Menu gt right softkey and select Edit 4 Do any of the following To rotate a picture 90 degrees counterclockwise press Rotat
225. her folder highlight the item press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Cut or Copy Open the destination folder press and hold Center C to open the shortcut menu and then select Paste To highlight multiple items tap and drag the stylus Installing Applications Your Treo comes with several built in and ready to use applications You can also install any of the additional software included on the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device as well as other third party applications that are compatible with devices running Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional edition such as business software games and more Applications you download to your computer are likely to be in a compressed format such as ZIP If the file is compressed you need to decompress the file before you install the application on your device You can decompress the file on your Treo in File Explorer or on your computer in a decompression program such as WinZip You can also send the file to yourself as an email attachment and then open the email message on your Treo and tap the attachment to automatically decompress the file The following instructions tell you how to install basic files onto your Treo Some software uses an installer or wizard to guide you through the process For details consult the documentation that came with the software 296 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Installin
226. here you want to move the information Storage Card or Main Memory Press OK Copying or Moving Applications and Files Between Your Treo and an Expansion Card 1 2 3 NO OO A Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Press Start 2 and select File Explorer Select the file or application that you want to copy or move see Exploring Files and Folders on page 295 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Copy or Edit gt Cut Go to the folder where you want to place the selected item Press Menu c right softkey and select Edit gt Paste Press OK i moo Your applications are usually located in the My Device Program Files folder Viewing Available Expansion Card Memory You can view how much space is available on the expansion card that is currently in the expansion card slot 304 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications A ND A Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Press Start 2 and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Memory 3 Select the Storage Card tab After you finish viewing the information press OK Exploring Files on an Expansion Card 1 2 3 4 5 Renaming Files on an Expansion Card If you change the contents of an expansion card you m Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Press Start 2 and select File Explorer
227. herefore you should never rely solely on any wireless phone for essential communication for example medical emergencies Emergency calls may not be possible on all cellular networks or when certain network services and or phone features are in use Check with your local service provider for details 384 Section 8A Important Safety Information Using Your Phone While Driving Talking on your phone while driving or operating the phone without a hands free device is prohibited in some jurisdictions Laws vary as to specific restrictions Remember that safety always comes first Purchase an optional hands free accessory at your local Sprint Store or order by phone Call 1 866 866 7509 or visit www sprintcom accessories Following Safety Guidelines To operate your Treo safely and efficiently always follow any special regulations in a given area Turn the phone feature of your device off in areas where use is forbidden or when it may cause interference or danger Using Your Treo Near Other Electronic Devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency RF signals However RF signals from wireless phones may affect inadequately shielded electronic equipment RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic operating systems and or entertainment systems in motor vehicles Check with the manufacturer or their representative to determine if these systems are adequately shiel
228. ht softkey 8 Enter the username and password that you use to access your corporate mail server and enter the Exchange server domain The Exchange Server settings are case sensitive Be sure to enter uppercase and lowercase letters properly Be especially careful when entering the password because it does not appear on the screen as you enter it See Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters on page 64 and Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols on page 65 9 Ask your system administrator if it is OK to store your corporate email password on your Treo and then do either of the following If itis OK check the Save password box and press Next right softkey If itis not OK do not check the Save password box and press Next right Softkey You must synchronize manually see Initiating a Wireless Sync Manually on page 311 for details Section 6B Synchronizing Information 309 10 71 12 13 Check the boxes for the types of information you want to sync with the Exchange server Optional Highlight an item and select Settings to change the synchronization settings for that type of information Settings are not available for all items Optional Press Menu right softkey and select Advanced to set the rules for fixing sync conflicts Press Finish left softkey Synchronization with your Exchange server begins automatically and onscreen messages indicate syn
229. ictures amp Videos Highlight the picture or video you want to send Press Menu right softkey and select Send Select the Inbox or Microsoft Windows Live account you want to use to send the picture or video 5 Address and send the message See Creating and Sending an Email Message on page 136 for details A DH Organizing Pictures and Videos You can move or copy pictures and videos to other folders or between your Treo and an expansion card 1 Press Start 2 and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Highlight the picture or video you want to move or copy 3 Do one of the following To move the picture or video press Menu gt right softkey and select Edit gt Cut To copy the picture or video press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Copy 218 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 4 Select the list in the upper left and select the location where you want to place the picture or video you selected in step 2 5 Press Menu c right softkey and select Edit gt Paste You can also view a specific folder or expansion card and arrange the pictures and videos by name date or size 1 Press Start fz and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Select the list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to view 3 Select the list in the upper right corner and then select the sort method Name Date or Size W
230. ignal Strength and Phone Status on page 107 to learn about the icons that appear in this area 2 Dial Lookup Enter a few letters of a contact s name to look up a number or simply enter the number itself Press Phone Talk i or Center to make the call See Dialing by Contact Name on page 77 for more information 3 Point of Interest Lookup Enter the type of location you want to find and press Center to view a list of search results See Finding a Point of Interest on page 182 for details 72 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 4 Speed Dial Entries Select a speed dial button either a picture or text to call the number assigned to it Speed dial buttons are not displayed by default see Selecting Which Items Appear on Your Today Screen on page 319 to learn how to show or hide speed dial buttons To learn how to create your own speed dial buttons see Setting Up and Managing Speed Dial Buttons on page 91 5 Inbox Status View the number of unread email messages for each of your email accounts Select this field to open the Inbox application 6 Messaging Status View the number of unread text messages Select this field to open the Messaging application Scroll down to access more fields 7 Live Search Enter a term you want to look up and press Center O or Return 2 to view a list of search results from the Internet data services connection required 8 Calendar St
231. igned to the correct time zone If not change the time zone If yes then continue to the next step 2 Make sure that you installed the desktop software that came with your Treo If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it 3 Open Microsoft Office Outlook and correct the wrong entries 4 Manually enter any information you ve added to your Treo since the last time you synchronized 5 Synchronize your Treo and your computer 364 Section 7A Help I Can t Synchronize Using a Bluetooth Connection Do the following Make sure your computer is equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology either built in or through a Bluetooth card Make sure that the PC s Bluetooth setting is discoverable Make sure your computer is set up for synchronization see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 46 1 Do one of the following Windows XP computer Right click the gray ActiveSync icon in the taskbar and select Connection Settings Windows Vista computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings 2 Check Allow connections to one ofthe following and then select the Bluetooth COM port you set up on your computer 3 On your Treo go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 and then tap Bluetooth 3 4 Select the Mode tab and then check the
232. imed events 244 Update Library command 231 updating information 41 307 media files 231 operating system 348 uppercase letters 64 328 URLs 144 230 270 See also Web links USB connections 50 USB connector 26 432 USB hubs 51 362 USB ports 51 362 USB sync cable 51 344 Use slide timings option 272 user discussion groups 15 usernames 115 134 379 V vCal attachments 370 vCard attachments 370 vehicle power adapter 344 Vibrate when check boxes 100 321 vibrating alarm 320 321 Video command 215 video files 206 216 226 227 See also media files video formats 214 video resolution 214 215 video settings 233 Video tab 223 233 videos adding sounds to 223 adjusting volume for 100 deleting 221 editing 221 limiting length of 223 organizing 218 previewing 215 recording 214 215 renaming 221 replaying 229 saving 223 selecting 230 Index sending 218 sorting 219 synchronizing 44 207 208 viewing 216 230 View picture detail option 287 View Recording Toolbar command 254 viewing Web pages 172 virtual private networks See VPN connections Virtual Serial Port profile 199 Voice Command button 325 voice commands 325 voice notes 168 253 286 287 327 voice quality 375 active active calls 85 86 89 appointments 242 available applications 70 calendar 242 contacts 77 239 diagnostic information 336 documents 263 264 276 email messages 139 items in folders 269 283 maps 184 185 240 337 371 m
233. ing Your Media Files 1 Sync as you normally would with the ActiveSync desktop software see Using the Desktop Sync Software on page 48 for details 2 To find synchronized pictures and videos on your computer go to C Documents and Settings lt Username gt My Documents lt device name gt My Documents This folder has subfolders for My Music My Pictures and My Videos Do the following to sync pictures videos and music files that originate on your computer 1 Connect your Treo to your computer with the USB sync cable Most ActiveSync desktop software options are available only when your Treo is connected to your computer 2 On your computer double click the P Microsoft ActiveSync ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the Fk vnw Toos Hap lower right corner of your computer screen to Oam Li exore open the ActiveSync desktop software window If you don t see the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar yncivenite click Start gt All Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync Hide Deals 2 to open the ActiveSync window Mormon Ty Suns 3 Under Information Type double click Files to view r a list of the files in the Files sync folder If you don t see the Files option open the Tools menu select Options and make sure the Files box is checked 4 Do any of the following To copy a file from your computer to your Treo click Add browse to and highlight the file and then click Open To delete a file from t
234. ing contrast 220 assigning to contacts 101 creating caller ID 238 deleting 221 downloading 176 editing 220 221 hiding on Web pages 173 naming groups of 223 organizing 218 previewing 213 372 renaming 221 rotating 220 222 saving 223 sending 168 218 222 setting as backgrounds 219 318 setting default size 223 Index sorting 219 synchronizing 44 207 208 taking 212 214 286 371 troubleshooting 372 undoing changes to 220 viewing 216 287 Pictures amp Videos application 212 214 220 222 PIMs 44 363 379 PINs 331 Plain Text option 151 Play Slide Show command 217 Play softkey 229 Play sound check box 321 playback ending 230 pausing and resuming 233 playback controls 229 234 Playback screen 233 Playback tab 233 271 playing media files 226 229 233 PowerPoint presentations 271 sounds 321 video clips 216 229 230 voice notes 254 287 voicemail messages 84 playlist controls 232 playlists 228 230 232 plug ins 171 319 Pocket Outlook See Inbox application Point of Interest field 182 183 Point of Interest lookup field 72 Index POP accounts 130 132 138 ports 26 51 337 362 Post Office Protocol See POP accounts power adapter 344 Power Save mode 194 Power Settings screen 338 Power Vision services 114 115 116 power audio adapter 344 Power End button 25 PowerPoint Mobile application 270 272 PowerPoint Mobile icon 271 precautions 384 393 predefined text phrases 137 157 158 preferences setting S
235. ing request the meeting is automatically added to their schedules As you receive each response your calendar is updated as well If you are using Microsoft Exchange 2003 Server with Service Pack 2 you can use your corporate Global Adaress List to find contact information for an attendee Select Attendees and select Add Required Attendee or Add Optional Attendee Press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory Enter the name of the attendee and select Find Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Marking an Event as Sensitive If other people have access to your Microsoft Office Outlook calendar on your computer and you don t want them to see an appointment you can mark that appointment as private to hide it from other Microsoft Office Outlook users 1 Create an event and then open it 2 Press Menu c right softkey and select Edit 3 Select Sensitivity and then select one of the following Normal The event displays without any notation Personal If the event is a meeting recipients see Please treat this as Personal near the top of an open appointment Private If the event is a meeting recipients see Please treat this as Private near the top of an open appointment If you sync with an Exchange server other users who can access your folders can t see your private events private events appear as unavailable time slots Confidential If the event is a meeting recipients
236. ing when a call arrives the music pauses as soon as the device starts ringing and remains paused during your call Music playback resumes automatically when the call ends or the ringing stops The Windows Media Player screen remains on if you don t answer the call and it closes if you do When playback resumes the Windows Media Player screen remains in the background even after playback resumes When you are on a plane you can turn off your phone and all wireless services using Wireless Manager see Turning Wireless Services On and Off on page 340 But you can still wake up the screen and use any application that doesn t require wireless services like the calendar music player and games You can even read and write email and text messages while your phone is off but you cannot send or receive email or text messages 82 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Using Voicemail Your voicemail number is preset when you activate your device The first time you call voicemail you are prompted to create your voicemail password If necessary please contact Sprint for assistance with your voicemail password Setting Up Voicemail 1 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 2 Press and hold 1 on the keyboard to dial the Sprint voicemail system 3 Follow the voice prompts to set up your voicemail If your speed dial buttons are visible you can tap the Voicemail speed dial button with you
237. ion The availability of these options varies based on your Authentication and Data Encryption settings Network key Enter the Network key provided by your system administrator if it is not automatically provided by the network The availability of this option varies based on your Authentication and Data Encryption settings Key index Enter the Key index provided by your system administrator if it is not automatically provided by the bae comi network The availability of this option varies based on E Use IEEE 802 1x network access cantra your Authentication and Data Encryption settings Etpe 5 Enter the following settings and then press Finish right softkey Use IEEE 802 1x network access control Set these parameters if required by the network EAP type Set the Extensible Authentication Protocol type 6 Press OK If you also need to create a custom security certificate see Customizing Wi Fi Settings on page 194 for instructions Section SF Using Wireless Connections 193 Disconnecting From a Wi Fi Network To disconnect from a Wi Fi network do one of the following e To save any settings you entered press and hold Wi Fi 4 to disconnect from the Wi Fi network The next time you re within range and the Wi Fi feature is turned on your Treo automatically connects to this network Press Start 22 select Settings select the Connections tab and then s
238. ion 5B Increasing Your Productivity 2 On your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen to Sire Ui akre Microsoft ActiveSync open the ActiveSync desktop software window If you don t see the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar ite click Start gt All Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync Hide Denis 2 to open the ActiveSync window Momo Ty Suns X WnaewiPC Synchronzed 3 Under Information Type double click Files to view T a list of the files in the Files sync folder If you don t see the Files option open the Tools menu select Options and make sure the Files box is checked 4 Do any of the following To copy a file from your computer to your Treo click Add browse to and highlight the file and then click Open To delete a file from the Files sync folder on your computer and from your Treo highlight the file name and click Remove Can t find the Files sync folder See Where Are the Changes Made to My File on page 262 To copy a file from your device to your computer place the file in the My Device gt My Documents folder on your device and then sync If you receive an error message while synchronizing files make sure that all the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your Treo Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 261 Synchronizing Files Windows Vista 1 Do any of the
239. ize 48 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer To open the desktop sync software do one of the following Windows XP To open the ActiveSync desktop software window double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen If you don t see the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar click Start gt All Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync to open the ActiveSync window You can set the ActiveSync window to open automatically when you connect your computer and your Treo In the ActiveSync window select File 2 Connection Settings and then check the Open ActiveSync when my device connects box The ActiveSync icon turns green when your device is connected to your computer The icon is gray when your Treo is not connected to your computer Windows Vista To open Windows Mobile Device Center click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Desktop software installation also creates a folder for your Treo on your computer By default this folder is named MyTreo800 My Documents the folder name changes when you assign your Treo a name When your device is connected to your computer opening My Computer or Windows Explorer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista displays an icon representing your Treo Double click this icon to display folders containing items you synchronized such as music files pictures and videos Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer
240. l Features Forwarding a Message 1 Open the message you want to forward 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Reply gt Forward 3 Address the message and enter any text you want to add 4 Press Send left softkey Deleting Messages You can delete a message you are reading or you can delete one or more messages from the message list To delete a message you are reading Press Menu right softkey and select Delete To delete messages from the message list 1 Highlight the message s you want to delete To highlight multiple messages tap and drag the stylus across the messages in the list 2 Press Delete left softkey 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Using Inbox Shortcuts You can perform common email tasks for messages you ve received by pressing and holding certain keys on the keyboard Either highlight a message on the message list or open a message from the list and then press and hold any of the following Press and hold To H View all email shortcuts A Reply to the sender of a message and to all other recipients R Reply to the sender only Section 3B Using the Email Features 145 Press and hold To Mark a message as read or unread Flag a message as high priority Move a message between folders Forward a message Delete a message Fully download a partially downloaded message Cr JOI JOo ZITA
241. l tab select Phone 3 Select the Services tab and Location Privacy 4 Set whether your Treo broadcasts your location at all times or only during a 911 call Press OK to return to Phone Settings 6 Press OK to finish te Settings settings for a service select it g list a For quick access to the Location Privacy setting tap the Location Privacy icon on your Today screen For more information on the Location Privacy icon see Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 107 104 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Selecting Your HAC Settings Your Treo complies with Hearing Aid Compatibility HAC standards and includes an HAC setting If you use a hearing aid that is equipped with a telecoil and the HAC setting is on your device sends the audio from your phone calls to the telecoil rather than to the microphone of your hearing aid You are likely to hear calls much better because volume is increased and background noise and feedback are diminished The HAC setting improves only the calls you listen to through the earpiece It does not affect calls heard on the speakerphone or with a headset HAC requires extra battery power so watch your battery consumption when it s turned on Do not turn on the HAC setting unless you use a hearing aid with a telecoil Using this setting without a hearing aid or with a hearing aid without a telecoil may be
242. learly marked They include e Fueling areas such as gas stations Below deck on boats Fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities Areas where the air contains chemicals or particles such as grain dust or metal powders Any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle s engine Never transport or store flammable gas flammable liquid or explosives in the compartment of your vehicle that contains your phone or accessories Restricting Children s Access to Your Treo Your Treo is not a toy Do not allow children to play with it they could hurt themselves and others damage the Treo and or its phone or make calls that increase your Sprint charges 386 Section 8A Important Safety Information Using Your Phone With a Hearing Aid Device Your Treo 800w smart device is compliant with the FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility HAC requirements For additional HAC information including the HAC rating of this product please go to www palm com treoHAC Your Treo has been tested for hearing aid device compatibility When some wireless phones are used near some hearing devices hearing aids and cochlear implants users may detect a buzzing humming or whining noise Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise and phones also vary in the amount of interference they generate The wireless telephone industry has developed ratings for some of their wireless phones to assist h
243. less services phone Bluetooth and Wi Fi on and off tap the signal strength Tull icon and then select Wireless Manager If you sync email and other information directly with your corporate Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync set the synchronization interval to a maximum of every 15 minutes during peak times and every hour or turned off completely during nonpeak times see Setting the Synchronization Schedule on page 310 Turn off the Bluetooth feature on your Treo when you do not need to make a Bluetooth connection Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 31 32 By default the Wi Fi feature on your Treo disconnects and turns off when the screen is off If you change the default Wi Fi settings be sure to turn off the Wi Fi feature when it is not in use see Turning Wireless Services On and Off on page 340 You can also turn on the Enable Power Savings option in Wi Fi Settings to conserve battery power see Customizing Wi Fi Settings on page 194 As with any wireless phone if your phone is on and you re in an area with no wireless coverage your Treo continues to search for a signal and that consumes power If you cannot move to an area of better coverage temporarily turn off your phone see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 e Turn down the screen brightness see Adjusting the Brightness on page 322 e Set your screen to turn off automatically after a shorter perio
244. lines published by the National Council of Radiation Protection and Measurements NCRP Body Worn Operation To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines if you wear a handset on your body use the carrying case holster or other body worn accessory that is supplied by or approved by Sprint Use of accessories that are nor approved by Sprint may violate FCC RF exposure guidelines For more information about RF exposure visit the FCC Web site at www fcc gov oet rfsafety Specific Absorption Rate SAR for Wireless Phones The SAR is a value that corresponds to the relative amount of RF energy absorbed in the head of a user of a wireless handset The SAR value of a phone is the result of an extensive testing measuring and calculation process It does not represent how much RF the phone emits All phone models are tested at their highest value in strict laboratory settings But when in operation the SAR of a phone can be substantially less than the level reported to the FCC This is because of a variety of factors including its proximity to a base station antenna phone design and other factors What is important to remember is that each phone meets strict federal guidelines Variations in SARs do not represent a variation in safety All phones must meet the federal standard which incorporates a substantial margin of safety As stated above variations in SAR values between different models of phones do not mean variations in s
245. lines will help you get the most out of your battery s performance e Recently there have been some public reports of wireless phone batteries overheating catching fire or exploding It appears that many if not all of these reports involve counterfeit or inexpensive aftermarket brand batteries with unknown or questionable manufacturing standards Sprint is not aware of similar problems with Treo smart devices resulting from the proper use of batteries and accessories approved by Sprint or by the manufacturer of your phone Use only batteries and accessories that have been approved by Sprint or by the manufacturer of your Treo and that are found at Sprint Stores or 388 Section 8A Important Safety Information through manufacturer of your Treo or call 1 866 343 1114 to order them They re also available at www sprint com accessories Buying the right batteries and accessories is the best way to ensure that they re genuine and safe e To avoid damage charge the battery only in temperatures that range from 32 F to 113 F 0 C to 45 C e Don t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in high humidity areas such as the bathroom Never dispose of the battery by incineration Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period of time I s best to replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance It can be recharged hundreds of times bef
246. lls Inbox opens the Inbox application so you can write and read email messages When you press and hold Option 8 Inbox ihe Messaging application opens so you can write and read text messages 5 way Navigator with Center Button gives you one handed access to move around on the Treo screen and select options see Moving Around on the Screen on page 56 After highlighting an item with the 5 way you can select or activate it by pressing Center Option enables you to access the characters that appear above the letters on the keyboard Be careful not to scratch or crush your Treo screen Do not store it in a place where other items might damage it Visit palm com treo800wsprint support to find a variety of useful accessories including carrying cases that protect the screen Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 25 Back View 26 Camera Lens enables you to take pictures using the built in camera IR Infrared Port uses infrared technology to transmit information to and receive information from other infrared enabled devices that use compatible software Expansion Card Slot allows you to expand the capabilities of your Treo using a microSD card or microSDHC card External Antenna Port enables you to connect an optional external antenna sold separately Self Portrait Mirror enables you to include yourself in a picture Speaker plays ringtones and
247. lters To display all rows again select the filter list and then select All To turn off filtering press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt AutoFilter again You can also create custom filters where you specify comparisons Select the filter list and then select Custom Creating a Chart 1 Open the workbook you want to create a chart from Highlight the cells you want to include in the chart Press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Chart Select the type of chart and then press Next gt right softkey Confirm the data range you want to chart and then press Next right softkey Select the data layout and then press Next right softkey Check the boxes to indicate whether the first row and column of the data range represent labels NOU AW ND Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 281 8 9 Select whether you want the chart to appear as a separate worksheet within the current workbook or as part of the current worksheet Press Finish C right softkey Formatting or Changing a Chart oO ND A 5 Open the workbook that contains the chart you want to format Open the chart Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Chart Select any of the following Titles Set the title of the chart and the headings whether a legend appears and the placement of the legend Scale Set the minimum and maximum scales for charts with an x or y axis Type Set
248. mail wirelessly and take advantage of the additional features of Microsoft Direct Push technology Microsoft Direct Push is a two way wireless delivery method that keeps your Outlook information always up to date and provides more efficient communication between the server and your device It includes features such as Global Address List GAL Tasks Over The Air OTA and IP based push updating of Microsoft Outlook information Inbox Calendar Contacts and Tasks For delivery of Outlook email using Direct Push technology make sure that your company uses Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 and ask your system administrator if synchronization features are enabled Section 3B Using the Email Features 125 Setting Up an Exchange Server Account To wirelessly synchronize your Treo with an Exchange server you must activate Sprint Power Vision data services See Enabling Sprint Power Vision on page 114 for more information Work with your system administrator to gather the following information Exchange server address and domain name Are the Exchange server settings detectable Security connection Does your server use an encrypted SSL connection Your username and password Security measure Is it OK to store your corporate email password on your Treo 1 Press Start amp amp and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Pres
249. make and answer calls Your phone is on and a Sprint 1xRTT data connection is active When you make or receive a call the data transmission is automatically interrupted The Wi Fi feature on your Treo is turned on but you are not connected to a Wi Fi network You have a Wi Fi notification waiting For example if Wi Fi is turned on and you are not within range of a preferred network you can tap this icon to view available networks Your Treo is connected to a Wi Fi network and you are actively transmitting data Your Treo is connected to your computer and you are actively transmitting data using your computers Internet connection instead of a Sprint Power Vision connection You can still make and receive calls Synchronization is in progress with ActiveSync technology The battery is empty and needs to be charged The battery is low The battery is being charged The device is connected to a power source and the battery is fully charged z 3 110 The battery is fully charged Location privacy setting is set to Location On Your location is available to the Sprint network and to other applications Tap the icon to quickly access the Location privacy settings See Selecting Your Privacy Settings on page 104 for additional information Location privacy setting is set to 911 only Your location is available to the Sprint network during emergency calls only Tap the icon to quickly access the Location privacy
250. ments and templates and save them on your Treo You can also edit Microsoft Office Word documents and templates that you create on your computer However keep in mind that some of the information and formatting may be lost when you save the document on your Treo The following features are not supported in Word Mobile Backgrounds Picture bullets regular bullets are supported Revision marks documents appear as though all revisions were accepted if the document is saved revision marks are lost Smart tags e Table styles some or all of the formatting is lost if the document is saved e Password protected files remove password protection on your computer before opening the file on your Treo Digital signatures The following features are partially supported in Word Mobile Bidirectional text File conversions Files with Office 2003 extensions DOC DOT and so on cannot be saved with Microsoft Office 2007 extensions DOCX DOTX and so on and vice versa However you can save these file types as RTF and TXT files Legacy Pocket Word files you can open PSW files but if you edit a file you need to save itin DOC RTF TXT or DOT format Metafiles Artistic page borders are converted to lined borders IRM protection Rights managed and password protected file conversions Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 263 e Fonts and font sizes original fonts are listed on your Treo but are mapped to the
251. mmand 231 Delete Redial List command 80 Delete Task command 252 Deleted folder 149 deleting applications 300 374 certificates 336 contacts 241 directory services 142 documents 269 email accounts 135 email messages 145 148 149 150 events 248 files 296 items from media libraries 231 items in playlists 232 notes 255 287 partnerships 198 pictures or videos 221 sounds 100 322 speed dial buttons 94 tasks 252 text 59 text messages 162 163 voicemail messages 84 Web favorites 176 workbooks 284 worksheets 284 407 Delivery Preferences command 151 desktop software 23 297 378 See also synchronization application device names 49 devices See also Bluetooth devices Treo beaming to 200 getting help with 15 making phone calls and 95 97 setting up GPS 337 338 synchronizing and 50 transferring information from 348 troubleshooting 336 device to device connections 192 diagnostic information 336 Dial Lookup field 72 Dial Pad 79 80 81 Dial Pad tones 101 dialing 76 81 89 dialing preferences 102 103 Dialing tab 102 103 dial up networking 378 digit grouping 323 digital cameras 216 See also camera digital certificates 174 335 digital networks 105 digital notebook 285 Direct Push technology 125 378 directory assistance 16 directory services 141 142 148 See also online address books Disable touchscreen option 329 408 Disconnect Bluetooth command 200 313 366 Disconnect command
252. more than one number is associated with a contact highlight the contact and press Right gt to access any alternate numbers for that contact To select from a chronological list of calls Go to your Today screen press Phone Talk ij and then select Call Log Highlight the number you want to call and then press Call c left softkey to dial Phone evar E mm Anderson Smilla Dlal Pad Gall Log Jolin Smith Radeelkene MA Paul Doogie Menu You can also access the Call Log and Dial Pad from the Today screen by pressing Menu right softkey and selecting Call Log or Dial Pad You can clear the list of recently dialed numbers From the Call Log press Menu right softkey and select Delete Redial List Section 2B Using the Phone Features Dialing Using the Onscreen Dial Pad The onscreen Dial Pad provides large numbers that you can tap with your finger or stylus The numbers also include the corresponding letters so you can dial numbers that are expressed as letters 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu c right softkey and select Dial Pad 3 Tap the onscreen Dial Pad to enter the number 4 Press Phone Talk to dial You can paste numbers directly into the Dial Pad Copy a number from another application switch to Dial Pad press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Paste to insert the number in the Dial Pad Receiving Calls To receive calls your
253. move it to another folder 1 Go to the page you want to mark as a favorite 2 Press Menu c right softkey and select Add to Favorites arsvome 3 Optional Select Name and enter a different description fore Fibs PEGG GITE 4 Optional Select Create in and select the folder where you want to create the favorite 5 Select Add Mobile Favorites Ihtm www marosott com wndowsmobl Viewing a Favorite 1 Press Start 2s and select Internet Explorer 2 Press Favorites left softkey 3 Press Down w to highlight the page you want to view in the list and then press Center to go to the selected page Organizing Your Favorites You can create folders for organizing your favorites For example you can store travel links in one folder stock links in another and business links in a third folder 1 Press Start 3 and select Internet Explorer Press Favorites left softkey Select the Add Delete tab Select New Folder Enter a name for this folder and then press OK aA wD Section 3D Browsing the Web 175 To delete a favorite or folder select Favorites left softkey Select the Add Delete tab highlight the item you want to delete and then select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion and then press OK Working With Web Pages Downloading Files and Images From a Web Page You can dow
254. music audio and video files are so large we recommend that you use a microSD or microSDHC expansion card to store the files you want to play on your Treo You can listen to these music audio and video files through the speaker on the back of your Treo or through the included microUSB stereo headset To use a headset with another type of connector you must attach an adapter sold separately Do the following Make sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or ater installed on your computer See My Windows Media Player Library Won t Sync on page 364 Optional Obtain an expansion card to store your media files 226 Section 4C Playing Media Files On a Windows XP computer Windows Media Player must be installed on your computer before you install Microsoft ActiveSync desktop software You can install ActiveSync desktop software from the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device that came with your Treo Windows Media Player 11 is already installed on Windows Vista computers Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files Use the Sync feature in the desktop version of Windows Media Player to transfer your Windows Media Player library files from your computer to an expansion card or your Treo Your library can include digital music audio video and playlist files Using Sync ensures that your Windows Media Player library files transfer correctly The pictures and videos you create
255. n Web pages After you configure an email application on your Treo you can select an email link to create a message to send to that adaress 6 Press OK to close Internet Explorer Mobile To return to a recently viewed page select the address line list and then press Down Use the 5 way to select a Web address from the list The security certificates and 128 bit SSL strong encryption let you browse secure sites such as online shopping banking and email Remember that some secure sites also require specific browsers and may not work with Internet Explorer Mobile Ask the organization for an alternate Web adaress URL that is compatible with Internet Explorer Mobile Working With Favorites Favorites lets you bookmark a Web page so that you can instantly access it without entering the Web address If you set up synchronization with the desktop sync software your favorites synchronize by default To get favorites from the Web browser on your computer into the Web browser on your Treo just add them to the Mobile Favorites folder which shows up in your computer s browser When you sync they become available on your Treo as well Backup copies of any favorites that you add on the Treo browser are also stored in the Mobile Favorites folder 174 Section 3D Browsing the Web Creating a Favorite Create the folders where you want to store your favorites Once you create a favorite you can t
256. n covers issues with synchronizing using the desktop sync software that came with your Treo If you have a Windows XP computer the desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center The Desktop Sync Software Does Not Respond to a Sync Attempt If you can successfully sync at any point during the following procedure you do not need to complete the remaining steps 1 Make sure you are using the USB sync cable that came with your Treo or a replacement cable that has been approved by Palm for use with a Treo 800w smart device 2 Make sure the USB sync cable is securely connected at all points see Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 50 360 Section 7A Help 3 If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether desktop synchronization features are disabled on your Treo 4 Make sure that all the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your Treo 5 Check synchronization progress On your Treo look for the animated ActiveSync 4 icon at the top of your screen On your computer look for the animated sync icon in the taskbar amp Windows XP or amp Windows Vista 6 If you did not see the correct icons do the following On your Treo Press Start g select Programs select ActiveSync amp a
257. n enter a series of letters When Caps Lock is on this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen 4t To turn off Caps Lock press Shift Ge again You can turn off the first letter capitalization setting For details see Setting Input Options on page 326 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols Numbers punctuation and symbols appear above the letters on the keys To enter these characters do one of the following e Press Option and then press the key of the desired character You don t need to hold Option while pressing the key When Option is active this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen e e Press Option twice to turn on Option Lock and then press the desired keys to enter a series of characters When Option Lock is on this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen 9 To turn off Option Lock press Option again When you enter a phone number in the Dial Lookup field on the Today screen you don t need to press Option to enter numbers or the and symbols Entering Passwords You can t see your password as you enter it so be careful Be sure Caps Lock and Option Lock are not on unless you need them For information on how to enter characters see Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters on page 64 and Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols on page 65 Entering Other Symbols and Accented Characters
258. n page 76 and press Messaging left softkey You can also open the Messaging application by pressing and holding Option Inbox or by pressing Start selecting Programs and then selecting the Messaging icon 2 Press New left softkey 3 Do one of the following to address the message If the recipients name and wireless number are in your Contacts list type the first few letters of the first or last name or simply enter the first initial followed by a space and then the last initial to find a name You can also enter the first few numbers of a contact s wireless phone number Je Messaging Press Center to view a list of recently used O otarasi mema addresses and select the recipient from the list Select Add Recipient to add a recipient from your Contacts list f the recipient s name and wireless number are not in your Contacts list enter the full wireless number including area code or email address Menu Section 3C Using Messaging 157 If you enter the recipient s name make sure you select a phone number that accepts text messages You can also address a message to a name that is in an online address book See Using an Online Address Book on page 142 for details To address a message to multiple recipients separate the addresses with a semicolon If you address a single text message to three people you are billed for three messages 4 Enter y
259. n the file press Menu C right softkey and select Page gt Next Page or Page gt Previous Page e To goto the first or last page in the file press Menu C right softkey and select Page gt First page or Page gt Last page Customizing the Display You can choose between two views view the file on the full screen 1 Press Menu c right softkey or displaying PDF files You can also hide the toolbar to and select Page 2 Select one of the following options Fit to width Set the width o the file to match the width of the screen you may need to scroll up or down to view the entire document Fit to page Set the entire fi e both width and height to fit on one screen Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 289 Customizing PDF Viewer 1 Press Menu right softkey and select Settings 2 Select any of the following options Clear History Delete all files from the Recent list which shows the four most recently viewed files Files Set which file types can be opened with PDF Viewer About View information on the PDF Viewer application 290 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Section 6 Your Information and Settings Sprint ahead 292 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications In This Section Finding Information Installing Applications Removing Applications Sharing Information Using Expansion Cards Section 6A Managing Files a
260. n you manually initiate a sync see Sharing Information on page 300 If you sync email with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 you can synchronize messages in subfolders you create In the Inbox application press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Manage Folders Folders containing subfolders display a plus sign Select the to view the subfolders Check the box to the left of any subfolder you want to sync If you synchronize email with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and you receive a message containing a link to a document on SharePoint or an internal file server you can view the document by selecting the link e Desktop synchronization software f you synchronize your Treo with your computer messages in Microsoft Outlook on your computer are transferred to your Treo when you connect your computer and your device see Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 50 e All other POP or IMAP accounts These include ISP accounts and accounts you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN on page 341 Message retrieval depends on the option you chose from the Automatic Send Receive list during account setup see Setting Up Inbox to Work With Common Providers on page 130 or Setting Up Inbox to Work With Other Providers on page 132 as follows Ifyou chose a time interval Your Treo automatically checks for and downloads new messages according
261. nc 1 Press Start 2s and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 4 Do any of the following Check the box next to any items you want to synchronize If you cannot check a box you may need to uncheck a box for the same information type elsewhere in the list Uncheck the boxes next to any items you want to stop synchronizing Select an item and then select Settings to customize the settings for that item Settings are not available for all items For information on synchronizing Microsoft Word documents Microsoft Excel spreadsheets and Microsoft PowerPoint presentations and Microsoft OneNote notes see Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files on page 260 For information on synchronizing pictures videos and music files see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 205 314 Section 6B Synchronizing Information Stopping Synchronization If you ever need to manually stop synchronization follow these steps 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Stop left softkey To end the sync relationship between your Treo and a computer so that items are no longer synchronized with that computer select the computer name on the ActiveSync screen and then select Delete Section 6B Synchronizing Information 315 316 Section 6B Synchronizing Inf
262. nchronization on page 308 for instructions on synchronizing with a server 4 Connect your Treo to your computer to sync for the first time see Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 50 During software installation you can select an option to synchronize email contacts calendar events and tasks directly with your information stored on a server running Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 If you choose this option you are prompted to enter your mail server address and domain name and your Exchange server account username and password Setting Up Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista If you have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center The Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device recognizes that you have a Windows Vista computer and directs you to install Windows Mobile Device Center if it is not already on your computer On your Treo the sync application is called ActiveSync Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 47 1 Close any applications that are currently running on your computer including those running in the background Your computer must have all its resources available before you can install the software 2 Insert the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device into the CD drive on your computer 3 Follow the installation instructions that appear on your computer When o
263. ncy calls such as dialing 911 even if the phone feature is locked e Keyguard Manually disable all buttons and the screen s touch sensitive feature to prevent accidental presses in your briefcase or pocket Auto Keyguard and touchscreen lockout Automatically enable Keyguard after a period of inactivity and set whether the screen s touch sensitive feature is enabled during calls e Phone Lock Require a lock code for access to the wireless features on your Treo System password lock Require a password before any information is accessible on your Treo To avoid accidentally pressing onscreen buttons while you re holding your Treo up to your ear to speak you can disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during active calls When the screen s touch sensitive feature is disabled you must use the 5 way navigator to access items on the screen 328 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Using Keyguard By default your keyboard locks so that you don t accidentally press buttons or activate screen items while your Treo is in a pocket or bag To dismiss Keyguard press Center e To manually turn on Keyguard when your Treo screen is on press Option and Power End i Using Auto Keyguard and Touchscreen Lockout Auto Keyguard lets you automatically lock the keyboard after a period of inactivity 1 Press Start 2 and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Keyguard bie occid 3 Set
264. nd Applications 293 Finding Information You can find information quickly with the built in search and GPS features on your Palm Treo 800w smart device Lookup Find and dial your contacts by contact name company name or phone number See Dialing by Contact Name on page 77 and Dialing by Company Name on page 79 for details Search Look through the text in all the applications on your Treo File Explorer Browse through the files and folders on your Treo or on an expansion card Global Address Lookup Look up names in your online corporate address list Live Search Start a Web search directly from your Today screen See Searching the Web From Your Today Screen on page 179 for details Maps Find a point of interest or a specific address See Finding a Point of Interest on page 182 for details Using Search Search for files and other items stored in the My Documents folder on your Treo or on an expansion card You can search by file name or by words located in the item For example you 1 294 can search for words within notes appointments contacts and tasks Press Start 2 and select Programs Select Search Q Select Search for and then enter the file name word or other information you want to find Select the Type list and then select the kind of information you want to find Press Search left softkey Use the 5 way to select and view an item from the results of
265. nd then press Menu right softkey select Connections and make sure the Synchronize all PCs using this connection box is checked and that USB is selected from the list Windows XP computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync Windows Vista computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center 7 Do one of the following Windows XP computer Double click the ActiveSync amp amp icon in your taskbar and then from the File menu select Connection Settings make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and then click Connect Windows Vista computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and then click Connect 8 On your Treo press Start 2 select Settings select the Connections tab and then select USB to PC M If the Enable advanced network functionality box is checked uncheck it If this box is currently unchecked then check it Section 7A Help 361 10 71 12 13 14 15 362 Perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 349 Restart your computer and make sure the desktop sync software is running If problems persist and you re synchronizing through a USB hub try connecting the sync cable to a different USB port on the hub or directly to your compu
266. nd then select the sort method Select the list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to view Lae When you go to a folder you can easily search your documents by sorting by type Deleting a Document 1 Go to the documents list 2 Highlight the document you want to delete 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete 4 Select Yes Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Customizing Word Mobile 1 Goto the document list 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Default template Set the default template for new documents Save to Set the default location where new documents are stored Display in list view Set the types of files that appear in the documents list 4 Press OK PowerPoint Mobile With Microsoft PowerPoint Mobile you can open and view slide show presentations created on your computer Many presentation elements such as slide transitions animations and URL links are also supported Microsoft PowerPoint features that are not supported on your Treo include the following e Custom animations and transitions e SmartArt layouts are replaced with supported layouts Text boxes images and shapes that use the Reflection Glow Bevel 3E Rotation and Transform effects WordArt styles and text effects Fonts and font sizes not supported by your Treo Audio video content embedded WAV files are suppo
267. nd your Treo The process is the same as transferring Microsoft Office files See Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files on page 260 for details Opening a File 1 Press Start 22 and select Programs Select PDF Viewer i Select the folder containing the file you want to open Select the file you want Optional Optimize your viewing of the file by doing any of pss T EA the following To switch between zoom mode and pan mode press Center To zoom in and out while viewing the PDF file press A Up or Down w while in zoom mode a Aw ND Sprint ahead To pan the display in a given direction press Right gt Left 4 Up a or Down w while in pan mode rh M 2 s To rotate the displayed page press Menu c right softkey and select Page gt Rotate 288 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity To see which mode you are in press Show Mode left softkey to display the mode icon Press Hide Mode left softkey to hide the mode icon To quickly find the file you want select the folder name gt Date or Size column heading to sort the displayed files by that heading To open a file you right softkey and then select Recent gt the name of the file you want have recently opened open PDF Viewer press Menu Moving Around in PDF files To move around within a PDF file do either of the following e To go to the next or previous page i
268. ng an email account that you have with an Internet service provider ISP an email account that you access using a VPN server connection such as a work account see Connecting to a VPN on page 341 or any other IMAP or POP email account 132 AR Na Work with your email provider or system administrator to gather the following information account type POP3 or IMAP mail server name for receiving mail your username and password and any special security requirements including whether it is OK to store your password on your Treo Make sure your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 Press Inbox Select Setup E mail Enter the email address and password for the email account that you want to set up If you want to enter your password each time you access this account uncheck the Save password box If you want your password entered automatically check this box Press Next right softkey Uncheck the Try to get e mail settings automatically from the Internet box and then press Next right softkey Te Inbox ever E F mall Setup E E mail address myaccontibexample com Password Section 3B Using the Email Features 8 Select one of the following as your email provider and then press Next right softkey Internet e mail Select this option if you access email from an Internet providers domain name such as aol com Excha
269. ng options Auto lock Set whether your Treo locks automatically Phone Currently Untocked and when this occurs Locking pr Change Lock Code Assign or change the lock code used to unlock your phone Your default lock code is the last four digits of your wireless phone number If this s z doesn t work call Sprint Customer Service at fone tack code 1 888 211 4727 If you change the lock code select OK Phone sev bung seams to accept your new code 5 Press OK l amp ERU all outgoing calis Auto lock If you try to make a call when Phone Lock is on a box appears and prompts you to enter your lock code to unlock the phone You do not need to enter your lock code to answer a call 330 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Using System Password Lock To protect your personal information you can lock the system so that you need to enter your password to access any of your information or to use other features of your Treo If you lock your system you must enter the exact password to unlock it If you enter an incorrect password you are given another chance Each time an incorrect password is entered you are given progressively longer time periods between your chances to enter the password If you forget the password you need to perform a hard reset to resume using your Treo Performing a hard reset deletes all t
270. nge server Select this option if you access email from a corporate email account using an Exchange server and then go to Setting Up an Exchange Server Account on page 126 for the remaining setup steps Custom domain Select this option if you access email JE inbox evant E E mail Setup o Your e mail provider Ec O O from your own domain name such as johndoedomain com account this option does not appear You can set up multiple email accounts but you can set up only one Exchange server account If you have already set up an Exchange server 9 If you selected Custom domain in the previous step enter your custom domain name and then press Next right softkey 10 Enter your name and a name that identifies this account and then press Next right softkey For example if this is your work email account you can name the account Work or your company s name The account display name appears on the Today screen along with the number of unread messages for this account Section 3B Using the Email Features E mail Setup o Your name Example Kevin Cock Account display name Werk The name for this account on tis device 133 Tf Enter your incoming mail server address select your account type and then press Next right softkey inal ie eo 12 Enter your account username and password incoming mall server 13 If you wa
271. nge server from your POP IMAP accounts with your ISP Internet service provider and from Internet mail accounts such as AOL or Gmail see Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account on page 130 or Setting Up an Exchange Server Account on page 126 e Windows Live Check your Windows Live Hotmail account see Setting Up Windows Live Mail on page 165 If you want to you can set up more than one application to work with separate email accounts You can receive email messages in various formats including HTML RTF and plain text If your email provider offers a Web interface you can also use Internet Explorer Mobile to manage email from your Treo To learn about using Internet Explorer Mobile see Browsing the Web on page 171 If your email account requires a VPN connection for establishing a secure connection your VPN server may require that you install specific VPN software sold separately on your Treo before you can access your email See Connecting to a VPN on page 341 for details 124 Section 3B Using the Email Features Getting Email and Microsoft Outlook Information From Your Corporate Microsoft Exchange Server You can wirelessly synchronize email contacts appointments and other information on your Treo with Microsoft Exchange Server Microsoft Direct Push Technology If you are using Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 you may be able synchronize e
272. nging color themes for 318 customizing 318 displaying maps on 240 Index features described 72 73 retrieving voicemail from 83 searching Web pages from 179 selecting points of interest on 182 183 setting backgrounds for 219 troubleshooting 367 viewing active calls on 85 86 89 viewing text messages on 160 Today Settings screen 318 319 tones See ringtones sounds touchscreen See screen touchscreen lockout 328 329 touch sensitive feature 328 329 transferring information caution for 348 transition effects slides 272 Transparency level options 219 travel adapters 344 Treo activating 23 36 charging 28 30 compatibility with third party vendors 296 299 349 components on 24 27 components shipped with 22 connecting to PCs 42 50 51 disabling touch sensitivity for 328 freeing space on 300 374 getting help with 15 installing third party applications and 373 locking 328 330 losing 52 332 not responding 373 operating 384 385 431 protecting information on 328 333 resetting 349 351 setting up service for 33 storing 25 transferring media files to 227 troubleshooting 348 turning off and on 34 unlocking 330 331 troubleshooting 348 Turn on Bluetooth check box 197 312 turning off screen 34 339 turning off system sounds 319 Typing mode 256 U unauthorized users 39 330 335 unavailable time slots 247 Unfreeze Panes command 276 unlocking spreadsheet elements 276 Treo 330 331 unread messages 161 unt
273. nical specifications for your Treo Please refer to Important Safety Information on page 383 to learn about information that will help you safely use your phone Failure to read and follow the Important Safety Information in this phone guide may result in serious bodily injury death or property damage Where to Learn More For a Quick Introduction Quick Tour The Quick Tour highlights many features of your Treo It is already installed on your Treo and you can open it at any time Press Start 2 select My Treo select the Support tab and then select Quick Tour While Using Your Treo e Help Many of the built in applications include on device Help so that you can learn about the tasks you can perform in that application To access Help go to the application or screen you want help with press Start 3 and select Help e Online support from Palm For up to date downloads troubleshooting and support information check out palm com treo800wsprint support e Setup assistance from Palm For help with setting up your Treo and getting up and running call 1 866 750 PALM 1 866 750 7256 This service is complimentary within 90 days of purchase Offer subject to change without notice e My Treo Find setup tips and support info including access to Palm s knowledge library and a version of this User Guide that you can view on your device Press Start select My Treo
274. nizer Features 237 Contacts Adding a Contact If you have many contacts to enter it s best to enter them in Microsoft Outlook on your computer and then sync See Connecting to Your Computer on page 41 for details 1 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 2 Press Menu gt right softkey and select Contacts You can also open the Contacts application by pressing and holding Option while you press Calendar 3 Press New left softkey 4 f prompted indicate whether this is an Outlook contact or a Windows Live contact 5 Use the 5 way navigator to move between fields as you enter information 6 To enter complete name or address work home or other information move the cursor to the appropriate field such as Work addr or Home addr press Center 5 and then press Right gt or tap the arrow on the right side of the line and enter the information in the box that appears To accept the information and close the box press Left 4 or tap outside the box 7 To add a caller ID picture that appears when that person calls select Picture select Camera and then take a picture or select an existing picture from Thumbnails view 238 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 8 10 11 To assign the entry to one or more categories select Categories and then check the categories under which you want this entry to appear To add a new category p
275. nload files that are usable on your Treo such as new applications MIDI ringtones or pictures that are specifically tagged for download 1 Go to the page that contains the link to the item you want to download 2 Do either of the following To download a file press Left 4 or Right gt to highlight the link to the file press Center 5 and then select Save As To download an image tap and hold the image select Save Image and then select Save As 3 Select Name and enter a new name for the file 4 Select the Location list and then select where you want to store the file Main memory or Storage card 5 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file 6 Select Save Copying Text From a Web Page You can copy text from a Web page and paste it in other applications 1 Use the stylus to highlight the text you want to copy 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Copy 3 Goto the application in which you want to paste the text and then position the cursor at the location where you want to paste the text 176 Section 3D Browsing the Web 4 Press Menu c right softkey and select Edit gt Paste You can copy the text from the entire Web page Tap and hold the page and Select Select All Text Tap and hold the page again and select Copy Using the History List The History list stores the addresses of the pages you visited recently 1 Press Menu C right softkey an
276. nment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and develop the highest standards in electronics recycling Our recycling program keeps Palm handheld devices smart devices and mobile companions out of landfills through evaluation and disposition for reuse and recycling Palm customers may participate in the recycling program free of charge Visit palm com recycle or in the U S call 877 869 7256 for additional details and information about how you can help reduce electronic waste End User Notice Microsoft Voice Command Version 1 6 for Windows Mobile IMPORTANT Do not become distracted from driving safely if operating a motor vehicle while using Device Software Operating certain parts of this Device requires user attention Diverting attention away from the road while driving can possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Even occasional short diversions of attention can be dangerous if your attention is diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel Microsoft makes no representations warranties or other determinations that ANY use of the Software Pro
277. nnection such as a work account or any other IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol or POP Post Office Protocol email account If you have multiple email accounts you must enter settings for each email account Setting Up Inbox to Work With Common Providers Use the following steps if you have a common email provider such as AOL EarthLink Yahoo Mail Plus or Gmail If you are setting up the Inbox application to work with your corporate email account or if you have a less common email provider see Setting Up Inbox to Work With Other Providers on page 132 130 and Off on page 35 Ask your email provider or system administrator for your account username and password if you don t know them Make sure your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On EX3cocc A NN E mail Setup Press Inbox E mail address Select Setup E mail myaccount sol com Enter the email address and password for the email account that you want to set up Password If you want to enter your password each time you access this account uncheck the Save password box If you want your password entered automatically check this box Section 3B Using the Email Features 6 Press Next right softkey 7 Do either of the following If the setup process finds your account settings press Auto Setup found settings fer Next c right softkey acc If the setup process does not find your accou
278. nt e qun aio desea dr a settings see Setting Up Inbox to Work With Other Providers on page 132 and continue with step 8 of that procedure 8 Enter your name and a name that identifies this account such as AOL and then press Next lt right softkey The account name appears on the Today screen along with the number of unread messages for this account 9 Optional Select either of the following Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for automatically downloading email from every five minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Review all download settings Select this link to change download settings see Changing Email Download Settings on page 149 for details 10 Press Finish lt right softkey 11 f prompted select OK to download messages for this account now E mail Setup F mall Setup E mail Setup Set p i5 complete To download emal cick Freh Your name I Midyne Examele Kevin Cock Automatic Send Receive Account display name f pa The name for this account on this device Section 3B Using the Email Features 131 On the Accounts tab in Inbox Options an asterisk appears next to the account that was active when you opened Inbox Options Setting Up Inbox to Work With Other Providers You can set up an account in the Inbox application to send and receive email messages usi
279. nt your password entered automatically check the lm aya rode GE Save password box if you want to enter your password bi mado each time you access this account do not check this DOX account type For a corporate email account ask your system pos Y administrator if it is OK to store your corporate email password on your Treo If it is not OK don t check the Save password box 14 Press Next right softkey 15 Enter the following outgoing mail settings 3I c I B Outgoing SMTP mail server Enter the server name E mal Setup e Outgoing server requires authentication Check the DOX outgoing ere mail server if your outgoing mail server requires authentication Use the same user name and password for sending E RAR Ue ase net e mail Check the box if the server requires you to use your account username and password when sending email 16 Optional Select the Advanced Server Settings link select the following settings and then press Done gt left softkey Require SSL for Incoming e mail Check the box if your account requires SSL for incoming messages Require SSL for Outgoing e mail Check the box if your account requires SSL for outgoing messages Network connection Select the type of connection to Require SSL for Outgoing emal Network connection use for sending and receiving email The Internet 134 Section 3B Using the Email Features 1
280. nus Settings screen 324 Message download limit option 151 Message format option 151 Message icon 83 Message Options command 137 159 Message Options screen 159 Message Priority option 159 messages See also text messages voice notes creating email 136 137 filtering 143 152 invalid characters in 158 receiving email 138 139 150 310 retrieving voicemail 83 84 saving 137 searching email 143 sending to multiple recipients 137 158 169 Messages tab 163 Messaging application 157 163 messaging applications 373 Messaging icon 157 Index messaging options 156 messaging services 379 Messaging status field 73 microphone 25 86 223 375 microphone icon 325 microSD expansion cards 301 See also expansion cards microSDHC expansion cards 301 Microsoft ActiveSync See ActiveSync Microsoft applications See specific application Microsoft operating systems See Windows Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager 343 354 357 358 359 361 366 369 371 372 microUSB connector 26 microwaves 200 mirror 26 213 Missed Call icon 83 Mobile Broadband Network 378 Mobile Device Center 47 49 Mobile Device folder 271 299 Mobile Favorites folder 44 174 Mobile to Market certificates 297 model numbers 394 Modem tab 341 modems 116 379 Modify Sheets command 280 284 monitoring phone status 107 Month view calendar 242 most recently dialed numbers list 80 mouthpiece 25 417 moving files 269 283 296 information 304 media files 2
281. ny of the following options Allow cookies Set whether your Treo accepts cookies small files containing information about your identity and preferences The page sends the file and stores it c on your Treo lees Paeces Security settings internet Explorer Irvar E MEC Options Cookies Clear Cookies Delete any cookies stored on your Treo Warn when changing to a page that is not secure Set whether a message appears when you switch from a secure page to one that is not secure Warn when page content is blocked due to security settings Set whether a message appears when you attempt to open a page that does not meet the security standards of your Treo 5 Press OK ui Wam when changing to a page thst is not secure Warn when page content is blocked due to sea rity serngs vi Gerut d Mimory Seasity 178 Section 3D Browsing the Web Searching the Web From Your Today Screen Need to find information quickly Search the Web directly from your Today screen 1 a A amp W N Make sure your phone is turned on and that you are inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 Select the Live Search field and enter the word or phrase you want to find Press Search left softkey Use the 5 way to scroll through the results and select the select
282. oft Office Outlook for Windows If you use a different PIM you need to install third party software to synchronize For more information consult the company that makes the PIM 2 Open the desktop sync software on your computer and make sure the Files synchronization option is selected Changing Which Applications Sync on page 314 3 For a Windows XP computer only Uninstall the desktop synchronization software reboot your computer and then insert the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device that came with your Treo and repeat the installation process Section 7A Help 363 Synchronization Starts But Doesn t Finish 1 Make sure that you installed the desktop software that came with your Treo If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it 2 If you re trying to sync offline be sure to set your Microsoft Office Outlook Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks to be available offline My Windows Media Player Library Won t Sync 1 Make sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer 2 For a Windows XP computer only Reinstall your synchronization software from the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device that came with your Treo Media file synchronization fails if you installed the synchronization software before you installed Windows Media Player 10 or later My Appointments Show Up in the Wrong Time Slot After Sync 1 Make sure the appointments are ass
283. older in the same way that you delete any other messages see Deleting Messages on page 145 7 Press OK i Changing Email Download Settings You can customize the download options for each email account 1 Press Inbox 2 Do one of the following f you see the account list press Menu right softkey and select Options If you see the message list for a specific account press Menu c right softkey and select Tools gt Options 3 Select the email account you want Section 3B Using the Email Features 149 4 Do one of the following f you see the Contents list select Send Receive Schedule s If you see the Enter Email Address screen press Next right softkey until you see the screen to the right 5 Select either of the following Automatic Send Receive Set the time interval for automatically downloading email from every five minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually E mail Setup Automatic Send Receive Download messages From the past 3 days Download messages Set the number of days worth of email to be retrieved for each automatic or manual retrieval To save memory limit the number of emails you download to your Treo by selecting a long interval for the Automatic Send Receive setting or a short interval for the Downloaded messages setting
284. on if the headset is attached and has a button on it does one of the following If you have two independent active calls not a conference call you can swap between them if the second call is an incoming call s If you have one active call you can dial another number You can press Flash left softkey again to set up a conference call If you have two calls in conference with you press Flash left softkey to hang up the second call and then dial another number to create a new three way conference call 4 Press Power End i to exit Flash mode and end all calls Setting Up and Managing Speed Dial Buttons Your Treo lets you create both picture and text speed dial buttons so that you can use Quick Keys or select a button on the Today screen to quickly dial a number When you highlight a speed dial button and press and hold Center on the 5 way you can choose another number for that contact For example if you create a speed dial button for your friend Steve s home phone number you can highlight Steve s speed dial button press and hold Center and then choose his wireless number instead of his home number Section 2B Using the Phone Features 91 Creating a Speed Dial Button You can create up to 20 picture buttons and 50 text buttons By default speed dial buttons do not appear on the Today screen To learn how to display your speed dial buttons see Selecting Which Items Appear on Your Today Screen
285. on the other device Once you form a partnership with a device you don t need to enter a passkey to connect with that device Partnership is known on some devices as paired relationship pairing trusted device or trusted pair Phone as Modem The feature that enables your device when connected to the mobile broadband network to be used as a high speed modem for your computer using a wired USB sync cable connection Phone Off The icon that indicates when the phone feature is not connected to any wireless phone network You can still use the organizer and other features PIM personal information manager category of software that includes applications such as Microsoft Outlook Palm Desktop software Lotus Notes and ACT PIMs generally store contacts schedules tasks and memos SMS Short Messaging Service The service that exchanges short text messages almost instantly between wireless devices These messages can usually include up to 160 characters Your Treo can send and receive text messages while you are on a voice call Sprint 1xRTT The next generation of wireless Internet access that enables you to check your email and browse the Web SSID The name that identifies a Wi Fi network If a network does not broadcast its SSID you must get the SSID from the system administrator in order to connect to the network Synchronization The process in which information that is entered or updated on your Treo your computer o
286. ond videos and store them in the My Pictures folder on your Treo If you want to store your videos on an expansion card or capture longer videos provided you have ample storage space see Customizing Your Pictures amp Videos Settings on page 222 to change your video settings For information on transferring your videos to your computer see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 205 Videos are captured and stored in 3G2 format Video resolution settings range from 176 x 144 pixels to 320 x 240 pixels You must have QuickTime Player version 6 5 or later installed on your computer to play videos recorded by your Treo 1 Press Start 3 and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Select Camera le 214 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 3 Press Menu C right softkey and select Video te Pictures amp Videos subject in the device s screen 5 Optional Adjust the following settings 2 4 Aim your Treo as you would any camera to frame your i Fii is Brightness Press Right to increase the brightness or Left 4 to decrease the brightness Resolution Press Menu C right softkey and select Quality to change the video resolution me Press Center to start recording To stop recording press Stop left softkey or Center Press Thumbnails left softkey to return to Thumbnails view Optional To review the video in Windows Media Player Mobile hi
287. onnection after you finish browsing the Web 1 Use the stylus to tap the Py or Sy signal icon on the title bar 2 Select Disconnect from the shortcut menu Enrolling a Domain If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager you may need to use the Domain Enroll settings to register your Treo within your company s network After you enroll your device in your company s network your system administrator can turn various features on your Treo on and off If a feature such as the camera or messaging worked previously and this feature no longer works after enrollment contact your system administrator to find out if this feature is disabled on your Treo 1 Press Start x and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Domain Enroll 23 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 343 3 Press Enroll lt right softkey 4 Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the enrollment process Purchasing Accessories for Your Treo These accessories and others are available from your local Sprint Store or at palm com treo800wsprint support For more information you can also call Sprint at 1 888 211 4727 or visit www sprint com Next day delivery is available in selected areas e Vehicle Power Charger A charger that enables you to charge your Treo in your vehicle using the car lighter socket e Replacement Battery A backup battery that you can u
288. ons use Excel Mobile See Excel Mobile on page 272 for details Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 257 258 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity In This Section Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files Word Mobile PowerPoint Mobile Excel Mobile OneNote Mobile PDF Viewer Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 259 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files You can create and edit Microsoft Office files on your computer or on your Palm Treo 800w smart device and then synchronize the files so that changes you make show up on both your computer and your Treo You can use the same method to synchronize files from other applications that do not appear in the sync list such as Microsoft Outlook Notes To learn about synchronizing pictures videos and music see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 205 How synchronization happens however depends on whether you use Windows XP or Windows Vista Synchronizing Files Windows XP Install Microsoft ActiveSync desktop software from the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device see Installing ActiveSync Desktop Software Windows XP on page 46 1 Connect your Treo to your computer with the USB sync cable Most ActiveSync desktop software options are available only when your Treo is connected to your computer 260 Sect
289. ore it needs replacing e Don t store the battery in high temperature areas for long periods of time It s best to follow these storage rules Less than one month 4 F to 140 F 20 C to 60 C Less than three months 4F to 104F 20C to 40C Less than one year 4F to 68F 20C to 20C CTIA Cellular Telecommunications and Internet Association Battery Handling Guidelines e Use and or replace the battery and charging system only with the battery or charging System specified for this phone Use of an unqualified battery or charger or improper battery use may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard e Do not disassemble open crush bend deform puncture or shred the battery e Do not short circuit the battery or allow metallic conductive objects to contact the battery terminals e Do not modify or remanufacture the battery attempt to insert foreign objects into the battery immerse it or expose it to water or other liquids or expose it to fire explosion or other hazard e Battery usage by children should be supervised Section 8A Important Safety Information 389 e Avoid dropping the phone or battery If you drop the phone or battery especially on a hard surface and you suspect damage take it to a service center for inspection e Promptly dispose of used batteries in accordance with local regulations Disposal of Lithium lon Li lon Batteries To avoid being burned do not handl
290. ormation Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device In This Section Today Screen Settings System Sound Settings Display and Appearance Settings Application Settings Locking Your Treo and Information Entering Owner Information System Settings Connection Settings Purchasing Accessories for Your Treo Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 317 Today Screen Settings Top For phone settings see Customizing Phone Settings on page 99 Selecting Your Today Screen Background IET 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Today e 3 On the Appearance tab check the Use this picture as the background box 4 Select Browse 5 Select the picture you want to use 6 Press OK To adjust the transparency of your background picture see Using a Picture as the Today Screen Background on page 219 Changing the System Color Scheme 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Today e 3 On the Appearance tab select a theme in the list 4 Press OK vice Beam i iile 6 1 Delete Windows Mobile Green 7 C Use this picture as the background 318 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Selecting Which Items Appear on Your Today Screen 1 Press Start s and sele
291. os ssssllssolllll ree 211 About Your Gamera 3 esvtupdv pup E Mee DURS Vp Ae eG sate QU FM ens Eus ps 212 Telang Pictures and Widest ges Wawa ex pr Ra ex eds ex onan Seay ly soa ale eas CRUEL nce HO ROS 212 Viewing Pictures and Videos sn ocd A a ee ai ee es a ea eee aes Sie aes 216 Sending Pictures and Videos ast os cut SEE eub Seton veu ELE Ea Rf 218 Organizing Pictures and Videos 0 ccc cece een mn 218 Using a Picture as the Today Screen Background sssssssssssssssssesse esee 218 Adding a Picture to a Contact Enthy 2 2 eil Sepe Eu ner rt P seeded CR E LEER aea 220 Editing Pictures Customizing Your Pictures amp Videos Settings 0c cece cece teen eee eee eee e eae 222 4C Playing Media Files 0 0 00 c entana Toe EEEa n ete n nn hh has 225 Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files 0 00 ccc cece cece cece ences eee eens 227 Playing Media Files Lost esas verita Vicks eire i vivus Peete tei ease ted ed deed CEEE TpR TRA Working With HDIanes deese gue ses mer ER prep edad Oe OME OSSaE MEAT ENG ER vein Working Wilh PIayltSls ues TAREAS RE LBAIAEINA RR A XRLDEURP MDISRER A MESA te SIME ERAS Customizing Windows Media Player Mobile Section 5 Your Wireless OrQaniZer 00s ccccc nce n ene n een entenensnnennees 5A Using the Organizer Features 0 0 c ccc ccc cnc e nent tens tnneenneenaes Contacts Calendar TASKS rosse ncn NOIES rester IM baie tnd bs DUREE CU E
292. our computer insert the CD into your computer s CD drive select Palm Support Center and then select Microsoft Outlook 2007 60 day trial to download a trial version of this software Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 43 If you set up synchronization with the desktop sync software information in the Favorites application is synchronized by default as well Synchronizing Favorites gives you an easy way to get favorites from the Web browser on your computer into the Web browser on your Treo Just add them to the folder called Mobile Favorites which shows up in your computer s browser When you sync they become available on your device as well Backup copies of any favorites that you add on the Treo browser are also stored in the Mobile Favorites folder You can choose which applications sync provided the application appears in the sync list for example you can choose not to sync Tasks See Changing Which Applications Sync on page 314 for details on choosing applications from the sync list You can also use the Files sync folder to sync files from applications that don t appear in the sync list For example you can sync files such as Microsoft Word Microsoft Excel Microsoft PowerPoint Microsoft OneNote and Adobe Acrobat PDF files as well as pictures music videos that originate on your Treo See Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files on page 260 and Synchronizing Your Medi
293. our message or select amp and then select a predefined phrase you wan to insert 5 Optional Select and then select an emoticon to add to your message 6 Press Send left softkey You can send and receive text messages even while you are on a phone call This is easiest when using a headset or the speakerphone Some symbols can t be used in text messages Invalid characters are automatically replaced by the Messaging application Setting Message Options You can set options for individual text messages that you send You can set general preferences that apply to all incoming and outgoing messages see Customizing Your Messaging Settings on page 163 If you set options for an individual message those options override your general preferences for that message only 1 On the message compose screen press Menu gt right softkey 2 Select Message Options 158 Section 3C Using Messaging 3 Set the following options Message Priority Set this message as normal or Message Options urgent Add Call Back number Enter a number where the recipient can call you back 4 Press OK Receiving Text Messages When your phone is on and you are in a wireless coverage area you automatically receive new text messages Message notifications include the message text unless you have turned on privacy mode see Customizing Your Messaging Settings on pag
294. ows XP on page 46 Auto off interval The time of inactivity that passes before the screen on your Treo turns off The wireless features on your device are unaffected by this setting Beam The process of sending or receiving an entry or application using the infrared port on your Treo or using Bluetooth wireless technology Bluetooth wireless technology Technology that enables devices such as Treo smart devices wireless phones and computers to connect wirelessly to each other so that they can exchange information over short distances Section 7B Glossary 377 Desktop software A PIM application for computers such as Microsoft Outlook that helps you manage your personal information and keep your personal information synchronized with your Treo Dial up networking Wireless technology that enables you to convert your Treo into a wireless modem so that you can access the Internet from your computer Direct Push technology two way wireless delivery method used between Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 and a Treo with Windows Mobile 6 1 with MSFP Messaging and Security Feature Pack Microsoft Direct Push technology enables features such as Tasks Over The Air OTA and IP based push updating of Outlook information Inbox Calendar Contacts and Tasks EVDO Evolution Data Optimized A wireless broadband technology also known as EVDO that is designed for very high speed
295. pass codes 39 Index passkeys 197 Password Settings screen 331 Password type options 331 passwords PDF files 288 289 PDF Viewer 288 290 PDF Viewer icon 288 performance 339 353 accessing corporate accounts and 309 accessing voicemail and 39 83 84 changing 40 connecting to Wi Fi networks and 188 191 195 creating 40 dialing phone numbers and 92 displaying spreadsheets and 273 entering 65 332 forgetting 331 332 formatting 331 requiring 328 sending email and 127 130 132 134 unlocking Treo and 331 personal computers See PCs personal identification numbers PINs 331 personal information 40 331 332 333 personal information managers 44 363 379 Personal setting 247 phone See also phone calls Treo adjusting volume for 37 100 answering 81 89 98 connecting to Internet and 116 188 dialing 76 81 89 103 disabling touch sensitive feature for 328 enabling as modem 116 getting forwarding codes for 88 Paste command 177 patches 300 pausing media playback 233 video recording 215 PCs connecting Treo to 50 51 copying files from 271 finding synchronized files on 207 installing applications from 298 retrieving email from 138 140 setting up Bluetooth devices for 199 setting up Internet Sharing on 116 119 synchronizing with 42 46 49 50 313 315 Index getting started with 36 hanging up 89 maximizing battery and 32 monitoring status of 107 operating while driving 385 ov
296. phone must be on To answer a call do one of the following Press Phone Talk e Press Answer left softkey Ifthe headset is attached press the headset button See a picture of the person calling you Learn how to assign a caller ID picture in Assigning a Picture and Ringtone ID to a Contact on page 101 Section 2B Using the Phone Features To ignore a call and send it to voicemail do one of the following e Press Power End i e Press Menu right softkey and select Ignore You can also ignore a call and send a text message Press Menu right softkey and select Ignore with text message During a voice call you can send text messages but you cannot use data features such as Web browsing and sending and receiving email To silence the ringer while your device is ringing do any of the following e Press any key or button except Phone Talk Power End Start OK or Alt e Use the Volume button to turn the ringer sound all the way down e Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off c to immediately silence all system sounds including the ringer Your Treo vibrates briefly when you set the Ringer switch to Sound Off cq All sounds remain off until you slide the Ringer switch back to Sound On When you silence the ringer you can either press Phone Talk 1 to answer the call press Power End i to send the call directly to voicemail or let it ring j through to voicemail If music is play
297. portant events ideas for projects price comparisons recommendations blog ideas and so on and synchronize them with your notes Prepare meeting or travel information in OneNote on your computer and then transfer it to your Treo so you can access the information on the road Creating a New Note Just like in Office OneNote 2007 on your computer OneNote Mobile continuously saves your note as you create edit and close a note 1 aA wD Press Start 2 and select Office Mobile Select OneNote Mobile f Press New left softkey Enter your note text Optional Do any of the following Format text Place the cursor in the middle of the word that you want to format press Menu c right softkey select Format and select a style To clear all formatting for the selected text press Menu C right softkey and select Format gt Clear All Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 285 Create a numbered list Place the cursor where you want the list to begin press Menu c right softkey and select List 2 Numbered To clear the numbered list formatting place the cursor on any list item press Menu gt right softkey and select List gt Clear Create a bulleted list Place the cursor where you want the list to begin press Menu right softkey and select List gt Bulleted To clear the bulleted list formatting place the cursor on any list item press Menu right softkey and select
298. pplication on an expansion card your Treo must have enough free space in the internal memory Saving Files to an Expansion Card You can save space on your Treo by saving files to an expansion card For example when you create new Word Mobile documents notes Excel Mobile workbooks pictures videos and audio files you can save them directly to an expansion card Some applications may not support this feature 1 Insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Open the application that contains the information you want to save 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options or Tools depending on the application 4 Select the Save to list and then select Storage Card 5 Press OK If you don t see the Save to list on the Options screen look on the other tabs if present If you still can t find a Save to list the application may not support this feature You can create folders on your expansion card so that it s easy to find your files when you need them Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 303 Moving Information Between Your Treo and an Expansion Card 1 aA wD 6 Insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot Open the application that contains the information you want to move Go to the list view and highlight the item s you want to move Press Menu c right softkey and select Rename Move Select the Location list and then select w
299. puters such as servers that you connect to These certificates help prevent unauthorized users from accessing your Treo and your information 4 Press OK To delete a certificate tap and hold the certificate in the list and then select Delete from the shortcut menu Enabling Error Reporting Error Reporting sends information that helps diagnose application errors for devices running Windows Mobile software When an error is detected a text file is created You can review the file and choose whether you want it delivered to Microsoft Support The information is used by programming groups at Microsoft for quality control and is not used for tracking individual users or installations for any marketing purpose The information that is collected is technical information about the state of your system when the error occurred No documents or any information contained in them are intentionally sent with the report To ensure further security the report is transmitted by means of a secure connection and is kept confidential and anonymous in a limited access database 336 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device This error reporting method meets the privacy regulations of the European Union EU as well as the Fair Information Practice Principles of the Federal Trade Commission To view the Fair Information Practice Principles visit the Federal Trade Commission Web site at www ftc gov reports pri
300. r a server is updated in one of the other locations either wirelessly or by means of a cable connection See Synchronizing Information on page 307 Username The name associated with your Treo that distinguishes it from other Windows Mobile devices When you first synchronize your device you are asked to give it a username Wi Fi access point network device with an antenna that provides wireless connections to a larger network Also called a hotspot Windows Mobile The operating system of your Treo Your device uses the Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional edition of this operating system Section 7B Glossary 379 Windows Mobile Device Center The software on your Windows Vista computer that enables you to synchronize content and manage music pictures and videos between your device and your computer To open Windows Mobile Device Center on your computer click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center See Setting Up Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista on page 47 for more information 380 Section 7B Glossary Section 8 Your Safety and Specifications Sprint ahead 382 Section 8A Important Safety Information In This Section General Precautions Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Using Your Phone With a Hearing Aid Device Caring for the Battery Radio Frequency RF Energy Static Electricity ESD and Your Treo Owner s Recor
301. r stylus to call the Sprint voicemail system See Selecting Which Items Appear on Your Today Screen on page 319 to learn how to display your speed dial buttons Retrieving Voicemail From a Notification You can retrieve voicemail messages when you receive a notification or you can dismiss the notification and retrieve the messages later When you have a new voicemail message the following notification appears e To hear your message now press Listen lt right softkey e To retrieve your message later press Dismiss left softkey Usten Dams Retrieving Voicemail Messages From the Today Screen When you have unretrieved voicemail messages the Missed Call Qf icon appears on the screensaver and when the screen is awake a Voicemail du icon also appears at the top of your screen Section 2B Using the Phone Features 83 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press and hold 7 on the keyboard to call the Sprint voicemail system 3 Enter your voicemail password using the keyboard or press Extra Digits left Softkey if you defined this option see Creating a Speed Dial Button on page 92 for details 4 Select Play to listen to your messages 5 Use any of the following onscreen controls while listening to your messages amp Play the previous message ig Save the current message gt Play the current message ty Delete the current message 5 Repeat the current message v Play t
302. r than six offers best use e Any combined rating equal to five is considered normal use Section 8A Important Safety Information 387 e Any combined rating equal to four is considered usable Thus if you pair an M3 hearing aid with an M3 phone you have a combined rating of six for best use The same applies for T ratings Sprint further suggests that you experiment with multiple phones even those not labeled M3 T3 or M4 T4 while in the store to find the one that works best with your hearing aid device If you experience interference or find the quality of service unsatisfactory after purchasing your device promptly return it to the store within 30 days of purchase With the Sprint 30 day Risk Free Guarantee you may return the device within 30 days of purchase for a full refund and you will only be responsible for charges based on your actual usage Getting the Best Hearing Device Experience With Your Treo To further minimize interference e There is usually less interference on the microphone setting than on the telecoil setting e Setthe phone s screen and keyboard backlight settings to ensure the minimum time interval See Viewing and Optimizing Power Settings on page 338 for instructions e Move the phone around to find the point with the least interference For information on selecting HAC settings see Selecting Your HAC Settings on page 105 Caring for the Battery Protecting Your Battery The following guide
303. refix Assign a name to a series of Options pictures to be captured such as Seattle001 Seattle002 tyre name ret and so on Save files to Set whether pictures and videos are Main memory stored on your Treo or on an expansion card TT gh quality Still image compression level Set the default size for newly captured pictures 6 Select the Video tab and set the following options Include audio when recording video files Turn the ve Pictures Videos 3 vj Gl e microphone on and off so that you can record videos Options with or without sound Zl che odo hen recorda video er Time limit for videos Limit the length of videos you record You can also select the No limit option Time lenit for videos 7 Press OK to return to the Thumbnails view Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 223 224 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos Section 4C Playing Media Files In This Section Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files Playing Media Files Working With Libraries Working With Playlists Customizing Windows Media Player Mobile Section 4C Playing Media Files 225 Windows Media Player Mobile can play music audio and video files that are stored on your Palm Treo 800w smart device or on an expansion card sold separately in any of the following file formats e WMA WMV WAV MP3 MP4 M4A 3GP 3G2 AAC AMR e QCP Because
304. reless applications without turning on the phone Also when the Screen is turned off the phone can be on and ready for you to receive calls or messages Waking Up the Screen and Turning It Off Wake up the screen and leave the phone turned off when you want to use only the organizer features of your Treo for example when you re on a plane and want to look at your calendar You can also turn off the screen without turning off the wireless features of your Treo 1 To wake up the screen press any of the following buttons Power End i Phone Talk Center Start Calendar Inbox E 2 Press Center to turn off Keyguard 3 When you re ready to turn off the screen briefly press Power End i to go to the Today screen 4 Briefly press Power End i again to turn off the screen 34 Section 1B Setting Up Service You can set how long the screen stays on during a period of inactivity Press Start select Settings select the System tab and then select Power Select the Advanced tab and then adjust the On battery power setting Turning Your Phone On and Off When you turn on your phone it connects to a wireless network so that you can make and receive phone calls and use other wireless services 1 If you are not on a call and your screen is off briefly press Power End fi or one of the other wake up keys listed in the previous section to wake up th
305. ress New left softkey enter the category name and then press OK j To assign a ringtone to the entry select Ring tone and select a tone To add a note to an entry select the Notes tab After you enter all the information press OK Be sure to enter wireless numbers and email addresses in the correct fields so that Inbox and Messaging can find this information when you address a message and Calendar can find your contacts when you want to invite them to meetings To enter an international phone number enter a plus sign in front of the country code Viewing or Changing Contact Information 1 2 NO G7 A amp Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 239 Go to your Today screen Begin entering one of the following for the contact you want to view or edit First name Last name s First initial and last initial separated by a space Highlight the contact s name and press Center Select Open Contact Press Menu c right softkey and select Edit Make changes to the entry as necessary Press OK LESE Filter and then select the category you want to view You can find a contact by company name From your Today screen press Menu right softkey and select Contacts Press Menu right softkey and select View By gt Company Select a company name to see the contacts who work there To view a particular group of contacts press Menu
306. ring 64 66 326 327 430 finding and replacing 266 327 formatting 267 285 highlighting 59 267 indenting 268 resizing 172 322 328 searching for 143 164 294 word processing features for 263 264 text buttons 92 text fields 57 text files 336 text messages adding signatures to 163 addressing 157 creating 157 deleting 162 163 dialing from 79 displaying 159 160 entering contact info and 239 forwarding 160 making phone calls and 86 receiving 158 159 replying to 160 selecting links in 161 sending 82 158 setting messaging options for 158 setting notification options for 159 sorting 162 troubleshooting 358 viewing status of 161 text messaging options 156 text messaging services 379 text phrases 137 157 158 Text Size tab 322 Index themes 318 third party applications 5 way navigator and 56 373 accessing Outlook folders and 363 backing up information and 350 compatibility with 296 299 349 freeing internal memory and 374 getting help with 299 374 losing 350 purchasing 299 running 355 synchronizing with 44 taking pictures and 372 troubleshooting 373 374 third party phone calls 17 throughput 188 Thumbnails button 215 time 333 334 time formats 323 Time limit for videos option 223 time slots calendar 247 249 Time tab 323 time zones 338 334 timer 213 Timer command 213 TKIP encryption 193 Today screen accessing 76 adding speed dial buttons to 92 94 adding Windows Live services to 166 cha
307. rint 411 You have access to a variety of services and information through Sprint 411 including residential business and government listings assistance with local or long distance calls movie listings and hotel restaurant shopping and major local event information There is a per call charge and you are billed for airtime 16 Go to your Today screen Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 enter 411 and then press Phone Talk to dial Sprint Operator Services Sprint Operator Services provides assistance with placing collect calls or with placing calls billed to a local telephone calling card or third party e Go to your Today screen enter 0 and then press Phone Talk to dial To learn more and to see the latest in products and services visit Sprint online at www sprintcom 17 18 Section 1 Your Setup Sprint ahead 20 Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device In This Section What You Need Your Treo Smart Device Inserting the Battery Charging the Battery Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 21 What You Need The box containing your Palm Treo 800w smart device includes the following Hardware e Treo e Rechargeable battery e AC charger e USB sync cable e Stereo headset Documentation e Get Started Experience SprintSpeed Basics Guide Set Up Your Email Terms amp Conditions Warranty Software License Agre
308. rivacy encryption method is enabled by default and may interfere with your ability to connect to a network that broadcasts its name See Connecting to a Secure Network on page 191 to learn how to disable WEP encryption 1 Press Wi Fi on the top of your Treo Your Treo scans for available networks and automatically connects when possible You can narrow or expand the list of networks that appear on the Configure Wireless Networks screen Select the Networks to access ist and then select the type of networks you want to view 2 If your device was not able to automatically connect the Configure Wireless Networks screen appears highlight the network to which you want to connect 190 Section SF Using Wireless Connections 3 Press Connect left softkey to connect to the selected network 4 Do one of the following If Connected appears next to the network name you are ready to use the Wi Fi connection For example open Internet Explorer Mobile to browse the Web If you are prompted to enter network settings continue with step 3 in the next section Some locations such as airports and coffee shops provide an open network but charge a fee to use it After you connect your Treo to the network you need to open Internet Explorer Mobile and register with the Wi Fi service provider before you can browse the Web Connecting to a Secure Network To set up a conne
309. rors Table of Contents Welcome to Sprint sssssssseslsllsses ehh hr 13 How 10 Use This GIUIde rure n e orte rr em i Yo edle e E Yon oen e Fei e o n ee ee 14 Where to Leath MOIe ari 232 ve eee cdit e rtenetensisa ea eoe Y xd manda ite pleat wend derat Rr dcc 15 Section 1 Your Setup 1 ccc ccc ccc cece tenn nen ene e teste ten PEETER 19 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 20 060 c ccc cece ence e ence eens 21 What You Need Xoutr Treo Smart DEVIC x2 oeste tap Dati darian os aa a aa 24 inserting the Battery iuis er esr EI yep ek hem aci ed VESPCRR Y ERAN RA A PEER DARASA RE RS Des 28 Charging ithe Ballery issir tex tec e ptobes aote ti erede ta dotado spar done wtb eda Ruins 29 1B Setting Up Service 1 1 ccc ccc cnn cence tennant hh hn 33 Turning Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device On and Off 0 cece cece eee eee e eee eee e aes 34 Making Your First Gall tiet reote e ce e e tala tact neta Paid tsa Re e ala ae 36 Seting Up Your Voicemail ssas wiride ririakan daaa EE RPCRERA DA paba a AERE GU ade 39 Creating Sprint Account Passwords ic 5 2 s iericike e 9 a ge ere ee i green ne a rade bes 40 1C Connecting to Your Computer 1 cece cence ehh hn 41 eynchronmzalion Methods aciona exe e o be xr LEE ap E a n AAN ni ERN AS TIRES OG PIE ET DER 42 What Can l Synchronize oot etn qae tbt eden reto ce ae bob adeb La dade daa 43 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization Synchroni
310. rring from previous devices 348 updating 41 307 infrared port 26 313 infrared transmissions 200 202 313 378 414 infrared enabled devices 26 Input method options 326 Input Method tab 326 Input Settings screen 326 328 Insert Picture command 286 Insert Recording command 286 installation troubleshooting 350 373 installing applications 296 299 373 Outlook 43 synchronization software 42 43 46 47 VPN clients 342 instant messages 156 164 168 373 interference 200 388 internal memory 300 338 374 international dialing prefixes 102 international travel adapters 344 Internet 116 171 341 Internet Connection Speed option 233 Internet connections adding 341 detecting speed of 233 ending 343 launching 117 341 making phone calls and 116 188 opening 69 172 setting up 116 119 341 troubleshooting 357 turning off messages for 104 Internet e mail option 133 Internet Explorer 69 172 Internet Explorer Mobile 171 178 341 371 Internet Information Server IIS 195 Index Internet Message Access Protocol See IMAP Internet service providers See ISPs Internet Sharing feature 116 Internet Sharing icon 117 invitations See meeting requests IR port See infrared port ISP settings 341 ISPs 130 132 341 items on screen accidentally activating 329 displaying 247 highlighting 57 58 moving through 57 opening shortcut menus for 61 selecting or activating 59 62 Items tab 319 K Keep copies of sent items check box 137 key
311. rted Protection settings Rearrangement or editing of slides Files created in PPT format earlier than Microsoft PowerPoint 97 270 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity To copy a file from your computer to your Treo open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer copy the file into the Mobile Device folder and then sync Playing a Presentation 1 Press Start 22 and select Office Mobile 2 Select PowerPoint Mobile 3 In the presentation list highlight the presentation you want to play 4 Press Center and do any of the following Press Right gt to advance to the next slide or Left 4 to view the previous slide Press Menu right softkey select Go to Slide and then select the slide you want to view Press Menu right softkey and select Next or Previous to play animations r Press Menu C right softkey select Zoom In and then select to zoom in or to zoom out To scroll within the current slide tap and drag the slide To return to the slide show select xi right softkey and select End Show If a presentation is set up as a timed slide show the slides advance automatically Presentations pause during zooming Setting Presentation Playback Options 1 Open the presentation for which you want to change the settings 2 Press Center and select Show Options 3 On the Orientation tab select the orientation you want To select the orient
312. rting screen 337 410 errors 336 356 EVDO network icon 357 EVDO technology 378 event icons 249 Event options 321 events categorizing 248 creating 244 deleting 248 disabling notifications for 321 filtering 248 marking as sensitive 247 setting reminders for 245 249 Events check box 321 Excel Mobile application 272 284 See also spreadsheets Excel Mobile icon 276 Exchange ActiveSync 138 Exchange Address Books 363 Exchange Server accounts 126 129 Exchange server credentials screen 367 Exchange server option 133 Exchange Servers accessing adaress books for 141 241 sending email over 133 138 141 setting up accounts for 308 310 synchronizing with 43 129 308 310 troubleshooting 363 366 367 exclamation point battery icon 31 expansion card slot 26 302 expansion cards adding 301 formatting 301 Index inserting 302 installing applications onto 299 moving applications to 304 moving information to 304 opening items on 302 playing media files on 231 removing 302 renaming 305 running applications from 374 saving files and 269 283 303 searching on 294 storing attachments on 139 149 storing pictures and videos on 219 223 transferring files to 227 231 304 viewing available space on 304 338 viewing items on 305 extensions phone 92 103 External GPS icon 337 External GPS options 337 338 external power sources 339 Extra Digits softkey 84 F factory settings restoring 234 factory installed applications 300 Se
313. s Menu right softkey and select Add Server Source If you see Configure Server in the menu instead of Add Server Source then your Exchange server account is already set up and you do not need to complete the rest of the setup steps 4 Enter the email address that you want to set up Ex c ay ol a NECI 5 Do either of the following and then press Next C right Enter rman adaress 2 softkey If the Exchange server is detectable keep the check in the Attempt to detect Exchange Server Settings automatically box If the Exchange server is not detectable uncheck the Attempt to detect Exchange Server Settings automatically box 126 Emal address Section 3B Using the Email Features 6 Enter the Server address check the This server requires an encrypted SSL connection box if your server uses an encrypted connection then press Next gt right softkey 7 Enter the username and password you use to access your corporate mail server and enter the Exchange server domain If your Treo was able to detect the Exchange server settings this screen does not appear The Exchange Server settings are case sensitive Be sure to enter uppercase and lowercase letters properly Be especially careful when entering the password because it does not appear on the screen as you enter it See Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters on page 64 and Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols
314. s and select the ending date and time 6 Press OK Sanse Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 243 To pencil in an appointment open the appointment press Menu right softkey and select Edit Select Status and then select Tentative Creating an Untimed Event An untimed event such as a birthday anniversary or vacation EX c A E E does not occur at a particular time These events appear as banners at the top of your calendar they don t occupy blocks of s n oae Ze s time For example in the illustration shown here Submit Final Draft is an untimed event Lunch with Greg 1 Press Calendar 12 00p 1200p 2 Press Menu right softkey and select New lora Appointment Meeting with Financial Department Enter a subject description RETE Select the starting and ending dates Select All Day and then select Yes 6 Press OK aR amp Scheduling a Repeating Appointment 1 Create an appointment or untimed event and then select it 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit 3 Select Occurs and then select a repeat pattern To create a repeat pattern select Edit pattern and follow the onscreen instructions 4 Press OK To enter a birthday or an anniversary create an untimed event that repeats every year 244 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Adding an Alarm Reminder to an Event 1 2 3 4 Create an even
315. sceptible Equipment Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry so when working with electronic devices take measures to help protect your electronic devices including your Palm Treo from ESD harm While Palm has built protections against ESD into its products ESD unfortunately exists and unless neutralized could build up to levels that could harm your equipment Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD Devices that you carry with you such as your Treo build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that may have built up on your body is automatically passed to the device Then when the device is connected to another device such as a docking station a discharge event can occur Precautions Against ESD Make sure to discharge any built up static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another The recommendation from Palm is that you take this precaution before connecting your Treo to your computer placing the Treo in a cradle or connecting it to any other device You can do this in many ways including the following e Ground yourself when you re holding your Treo by simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground For example if your computer has a metal case and is plugged into a standard three prong grounded outlet
316. se if your primary battery becomes drained is charging or has reached the end of its useful life e Battery Charger A charger that enables you to charge a spare battery USB Sync Cable A replacement or spare cable your Treo comes with one USB sync cable e Extra AC Charger A 100 to 240 volt AC charger for your Treo e Palm Treo 800 Power Audio Adapter An adapter that enables you to charge your Treo and use a wired headset at the same time MicroUSB 2 5mm adapter An adapter that enables you to connect a wired headset with a 2 5mm connector to your Treo International Travel Adapters Snap on adapters that enable you to use the Extra AC charger in continental Europe the United Kingdom and Australia For use with the Extra AC Charger only e Leather Side Case With Belt Clip A case that you can clip to your belt or bag that provides quick access to and protection for your Treo e Stylus A replacement or spare stylus for your Treo 344 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Section 7 Your Resources Sprint ahead 346 Section 7A Help In This Section Transferring Information From Another Device Trouble Installing the Desktop Software on a Windows XP Computer Resetting Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Performance Screen Network Connection Synchronization Email Web Camera Third Party Applications Making Room on Your Treo
317. security 328 333 335 341 security certificates 174 security settings email 147 security software 328 Security tab 178 330 Select All Text command 177 selections cancelling 60 62 self portrait mirror 26 213 Send Sound command 100 322 Send command 198 201 sending 198 201 attachments 153 copyrighted items 218 email 124 137 150 151 174 meeting requests 246 249 Index pictures or videos 218 222 sounds 322 text messages 82 158 Web links 173 Sensitivity options 247 251 Sent folder 148 separators 323 serial numbers 394 servers troubleshooting 366 367 service plans 23 114 188 See also accounts Services tab 104 105 106 Set as Today Background command 219 settings See options Setup E mail option 130 132 shared authentication 192 sharing information 300 301 Sheet command 276 Sheets list 276 280 Short Messaging Service See SMS messaging shortcut icons 71 shortcut menus 61 shortcuts email 145 Show alphabetical index option 241 Show contact names only option 241 Show list 216 217 219 Show Options command 271 Show time stamps of each message option 163 Show voice mail buttons option 93 Show without animation option 272 Show without media option 272 Index Show without slide transition option 272 Shuffle command 230 Shuffle Repeat command 229 Side button 24 256 signal strength 108 356 signal strength icon 35 340 signatures 146 163 Signatures screen 146 163 silencing ringer 82 silencing sy
318. see Please treat this as Confidential near the top of an open appointment 4 Press OK If you don t see an option on the screen press Down on the 5 way to scroll to other options For example when editing an event you don t see the Sensitivity option until you scroll toward the bottom of the entry To remove sensitivity status from an item select Normal from the Sensitivity list Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 247 Organizing Your Schedule Use categories to view various types of events 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Menu c right softkey and select Edit 3 Select Categories and then check the categories that apply to this event To add a new category press New left softkey enter the category name and then press OK J 4 Press OK two more times 5 After you assign events to categories press Menu gt right softkey and select Filter 6 Select the type of events you want to view Deleting an Event 1 Highlight the event you want to delete 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Appointment 3 Select Yes Customizing Calendar 1 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 2 On the General tab set any of the following options Options Start in Set which view appears when you open the edis Calendar application Ist aay of wk Week view 1st day of week Set Sunday or Monda
319. set still doesn t work delete the existing partnership and create a new one To delete the partnership do the following 1 a R amp D Section 7A Help 359 Press Start 22 and then select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth On the Devices tab highlight the headset device name Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Delete Create a new partnership see Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection on page 196 Synchronization Synchronization enables you to back up the information on your Treo onto your computer or your server If you ever need to perform a hard reset or otherwise erase all your information on your Treo you can synchronize your Treo with your computer to restore the information To make sure you always have an up to date backup of your information synchronize frequently You can synchronize email and other information directly with Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync or you can synchronize your Treo with your computer using the desktop sync software see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 46 You can go to the Windows Web site for more information at www windowsmobile com A common cause of sync problems is the presence of protective software such as VPNs or firewalls on your computer or network Desktop Sync Software This sectio
320. sions 160 163 Chat tab 163 check boxes 58 chronological call list 80 Clear Cookies option 178 Clear History option 178 290 Clear Now Playing command 232 Clear Stored Entries option 327 Clear Voicemail Icon option 85 ClearType tab 322 clock 334 Clock amp Alarms Settings screen 333 334 335 Index clock screen saver 322 339 closing applications 69 71 lists in fields 62 menus 60 notification messages 159 screens 58 collect calls 17 color settings 318 372 commands See menu items voice commands company lists 79 company names 79 240 completed tasks 250 251 compressed files 295 298 computers See PCs conference calls 88 90 91 Conference softkey 90 Confidential setting 247 Configure Server command 308 Configure Wireless Network screen 191 Confirm message deletions check box 163 Connect command 342 Connect softkey 117 191 Connect via Bluetooth command 200 312 365 Connect via IR command 202 313 connection settings 340 343 connections See also Internet connections wireless connections Bluetooth devices and 196 198 200 changing 341 Index corporate servers and 134 308 341 367 customizing Wi Fi 194 device to PCs 42 50 51 GPS devices and 337 making phone calls and 86 maximizing battery and 32 monitoring status of 107 receiving email and 124 134 136 resetting device and 350 roaming and 105 107 setting up VPN 341 342 setting up Wi Fi 190 193 starting manually 342 synchronizing over infrar
321. speeds of 60 to 80Kbps and bursts of up to 144Kbps EVDO Evolution Data Optimized A wireless broadband technology that is designed for very high speed data transfer with average download speeds of 400 to 600Kbps and capable of reaching speeds up to 3 2Mbps and upload speeds up to 1 8Mbps The following icons appear in the title bar to indicate whether data services are available If you don t see one of these icons you cannot open a data connection gy or The Sprint Mobile Broadband EVDO or Sprint 1xRTT network is within range You can make or receive calls or open a data connection T Your Treo is connected to a Wi Fi network You can open a data connection My Treo Won t Connect to the Internet Your Treo supports Sprint Mobile Broadband EVDO Sprint 1xRTT and Wi Fi wireless data networks To connect to the Internet you must either subscribe to data services with Sprint or be within range of a Wi Fi network e Contact Sprint to verify that your subscription plan includes data services and that these services have been correctly activated Sprint should also be able to tell you if there are any outages in your location e If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager and you re attempting to make a Wi Fi connection contact your system administrator to find out whether Wi Fi features are disabled on your Treo Section 7A Help 357 e Press and hold Power End i to turn off your phone T
322. stem sounds 319 silent alarm 320 321 single carrier radio transmission 357 Skins tab 234 Skip Pass Code option 39 Slide Show tab 222 slide show toolbar 217 slide shows 217 222 270 272 slide timings setting 272 slider 57 smart device See Treo SMS messaging 156 379 SMTP servers 134 369 soft resets 349 softkeys 24 25 59 software 23 296 350 353 398 See also applications Software Store 297 songs See music Sort by list 280 295 Sort command 162 280 sorting files 295 History list items 177 427 information 280 notes 255 287 pictures or videos 219 tasks 251 sound effects slides 272 Sound On and Off icons 320 sounds 100 319 320 321 335 Sounds amp Notifications icon 99 Sounds amp Notifications screen 99 321 Sounds tab 321 speaker 26 Speakerphone button 86 Speakerphone mode 375 special characters 65 specifications 396 Speed Dial Options command 94 speed dial buttons 78 91 94 Spell Check command 137 spell checking 137 268 Spelling command 268 Split command 276 spreadsheet templates 272 275 284 spreadsheet toolbar 276 spreadsheets See also workbooks adding charts to 273 281 282 changing 272 creating 272 displaying 274 entering data in 274 278 entering formulas in 273 277 284 entering functions in 273 277 filtering information in 281 428 formatting 272 279 280 organizing workbooks in 283 protecting 273 searching 282 sorting information in 280 Sprint 1xRTT networks 379 Sprint Acc
323. surface try turning the device face down screen facing the surface Are You Hearing Your Own Voice Echo Ask the other person to turn down their volume or to hold the Treo closer to their ear Is Your Voice Too Quiet on the Other End Be sure to hold the bottom of the Treo or the hands free microphone close to your mouth Check the signal strength indicator If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage Section 7A Help 375 376 Section 7A Help Section 7B Glossary 1xRTT A standard of wireless Internet connectivity that allows for persistent data connections as long as you are actively using your data connection The average data transmission rate is about 70Kbps although theoretical limits are 153 6Kb s With Sprint Power Vision plans you pay a monthly rate for unlimited data transfer and you don t pay for connection time ActiveSync The software on your Palm Treo 800w smart device that exchanges and updates the information on your Treo with the information on your computer ActiveSync Desktop Software The software on your Windows XP computer that exchanges and updates the information on your computer with the information on your Treo To open ActiveSync on your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your screen If the icon does not appear click Start gt All Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync See Installing ActiveSync Desktop Software Wind
324. t and then select it Press Menu c right softkey and select Edit Select Reminder and then select Remind Me Enter the number of minutes hours days or weeks before the event that you want to receive the alarm Press OK SDT L canon Stats Fns M Day Perrier Categories Appartment 1 Type of Time Units 2 Number of Time Units All day recurring All day recurring Yes Every July 20 Tp You can also add an alarm when you create the event Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 245 Sending a Meeting Request You can email meeting invitations to contacts who use the desktop version of Microsoft Outlook or Microsoft Outlook Mobile 246 NO GQ A co Nux Create contact entries with email addresses for the people you want to invite to a meeting see Adding a Contact on page 238 You can t invite someone to a meeting unless you have an email adaress for them in the Contacts application Create an event and then select it Press Menu gt right softkey and select Edit Select Attendees and then select Add Required Attendee Select the contact you want to invite To invite more attendees select Add Required Attendee and select the names To invite optional attendees select Add Optional Attendee and select the names Press OK The next time synchronization occurs the meeting request is sent to the attendees When attendees accept your meet
325. t messages with other wireless devices and email addresses that support this form of messaging IM Enables you to exchange instant messages with friends and colleagues who use Microsoft Windows Live To exchange instant messages with people who use other IM services such as Yahoo and AOL press Start select Programs and then select Instant Messaging Select Yes to download the application and then press Install left softkey to complete the installation When the installation is complete press Start select Programs and then select Instant Messaging to sign in to your IM account s Before you use your Treo to send or receive messages consult Sprint for pricing and availability of text and instant messaging as well as for data services This chapter describes the various messaging options and walks you through setting them Up so that you can use your Treo to send and receive messages Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area before you try to send or receive messages 156 Section 3C Using Messaging Sending and Receiving Messages Creating and Sending a Text Message Each text message can hold up to 160 characters To save time you can select from predefined My Text phrases such as Call me or On my way You can add your own My Text phrases and if you prefer you can enter the full message text too 1 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen o
326. t softkey and select Decline or Tentative If you receive an updated meeting invitation you can again choose to accept decline or tentatively accept If you receive a meeting cancellation you can press Remove left softkey to delete the meeting from your calendar Sending Email Messages From Within Another Application You can send certain files as attachments from within the application where the file is created or stored For example if you take a picture with the built in camera you can select an option to send the picture as an attachment to an email message You can also use this feature with videos and sound files For details see the chapter on the specific application You can send files such as Microsoft Office documents Word PowerPoint Excel and OneNote PDF documents pictures videos and ringtones as attachments to email messages see Creating and Sending an Email Message on page 136 Section 3B Using the Email Features 153 154 Section 3B Using the Email Features Section 3C Using Messaging In This Section About Messaging Sending and Receiving Messages Managing Your Messages Customizing Your Messaging Settings Using Windows Live Section 3C Using Messaging 155 About Messaging Your Palm Treo 800w smart device offers a few ways for you to send and receive messages SMS Enables you to use the Messaging application to exchange brief tex
327. t to connect with and then press Next gt right softkey 9 499 If you re prompted to enter a passkey enter the same passkey on your Treo and on the other Bluetooth device and then press Next right softkey Some Bluetooth devices have a predefined passkey If your Bluetooth device has a predefined passkey your Treo attempts to enter the passkey for you If the attempt is unsuccessful you can find the predefined passkey in the documentation for your Bluetooth device Other Bluetooth devices provide a screen where you enter a passkey that you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your Treo and the Bluetooth device We recommend that where possible you make up a passkey of 16 alphanumeric characters letters and numerals only to improve the security of your Treo The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered Section SF Using Wireless Connections 197 9 Press Done left softkey and then press OK L You can now communicate with this device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your Treo is turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters To modify or delete an established partnership with a device go to the Bluetooth Settings screen and select Devices Highlight the connection you want to change or remove press and hold Center on the 5 way and
328. tart menu when you want to open recently used applications In Programs press a letter to jump to the first application that begins with that letter For example press C to jump to Calculator Press C again to jump to Camera and so on Closing Applications You can have several applications open at once so you don t need to exit an application to open another one In most cases applications close automatically when available memory is low but you can also close applications manually 1 Press and hold OK to open Task Manager 2 Do either of the following Select the application you want to close and press End Task left softkey Press Menu right softkey and select End All Tasks to close all your applications If you press OK to leave an application the current application continues to run in the background Manually closing applications helps conserve battery power and frees up memory Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 71 Using Your Today Screen From your Today screen you can quickly look up a contact make a call see your latest calendar appointments see the number of unread email messages and do a Web search To access your Today screen press Power End i LEN You can also access your Today screen by pressing Start and selecting Today Messaging 1 Title Bar and Status Information See Checking S
329. tead The Beam and Send menu items change names based on the type of item you highlighted Point the IR port on your Treo directly at the IR port of the receiving device When the name of the receiving device appears select it to begin the transfer Wait for Done to appear next to the name of the receiving device before you continue using your Treo Section SF Using Wireless Connections Contacts To beam select a device 4 Inf 201 Receiving Beamed Information 1 Turn on your screen 2 Point the IR port on your Treo directly at the IR port on the transmitting device 3 When the Receiving Data message appears select Yes to receive the beam If you can t receive beamed information press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Beam Make sure the Receive all incoming beams box is checked If you still can t receive information try a soft reset see Resetting Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device on page 349 Synchronizing Over an Infrared Connection 1 Set up your computer to receive infrared beams See ActiveSync Help on your computer for details Point the IR port on your Treo directly at the IR port on your computer On your Treo press Start and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Connect via IR Select Sync 9m ms amp ND 202 Section SF Using Wireless Connections Section 4
330. tegories instantly Pocket Express uses the ZIP code you provide to customize the content you receive so you can get the information you want when you want it Initializing Your Pocket Express Service 1 2 3 a 7 Press Start 2 and select Programs Select Get Pocket Express Select View Terms amp Conditions review the terms for your account and then press OK Enter your preferred ZIP code Press Agree left softkey When the Would you like to add Pocket Express to your Today screen prompt appears press Yes gt left softkey or press No C right softkey If you press No you can access Pocket Express from the Programs folder Wait for Pocket Express to retrieve information based on your selected location Accessing Pocket Express Information Finding the information you re looking for with Pocket Express is as easy as navigating a Web browser on your computer The following example illustrates how to access News information 1 2 120 Press Start 2s and select Programs Select Pocket Express Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics 3 Select Breaking News Photos amp Opinion As you highlight a category name the description expands For example when highlighted the News category becomes Breaking News Photos amp Opinion 4 Depending on which category you select a menu appears with additional options For this example you
331. ter Settings AutoFilters that cause rows to be hidden are supported Use the Unhide command to display hidden rows Other AutoFilters are removed but you can use the AutoFilter command in Excel Mobile to perform similar functions Chart Formatting All charts are saved as they appear in Excel Mobile Unsupported chart types are changed to one of these supported types Column Bar Line Pie Scatter and Area Background colors grid lines data labels trend lines shadows 3D effects secondary axes and logarithmic scales are turned off Hidden sheets Hidden worksheets are displayed Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 273 Excel 2007 Binary workbooks You cannot open XLSB workbooks Legacy files PXL and PXT files can be opened but must be saved in XLS or XLT format File conversions You cannot save a file with an XLS or XLT extension as an XLSX or XLTX file respectively and vice versa The following features are not supported in Excel Mobile and are removed or modified when you open a workbook on your Treo e Dialog sheets and macro sheets e VBA modules e Text boxes e Drawing objects and pictures e Lists e Conditional formats and controls e Pivot table data is converted to values Creating a Workbook 1 Press Start 22 and select Office Mobile 2 Select Excel Mobile xz 3 If an empty workbook appears onscreen go to step 4 if the workbook list appears onscreen press New left sof
332. ter has an IR infrared port you can synchronize with your computer wirelessly using the IR port on your Treo 1 Turn on the IR feature on your Treo see Beaming Information With IR on page 200 2 Set up your computer to receive infrared beams See Windows Help on your computer for details On your Treo press Start 3y and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Connect via IR 6 Point the IR port on your Treo directly at your computer s IR port aR o Synchronizing With Multiple Computers You can set up your Treo to synchronize with up to two computers as well as with Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 When synchronizing with multiple computers the items that you sync appear on all the computers For example if you set up to sync your Treo with two computers named C1 and C2 when you sync Contacts and Calendar on your Treo with both computers you get the following results e The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C1 are now also on C2 The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C2 are now also on C1 e The contacts and calendar appointments from both computers are on your Treo Note Microsoft Office Outlook E mail can sync with only one computer Section 6B Synchronizing Information 313 Changing Which Applications Sync On your Treo you can choose which applications you want to sy
333. ter s built in USB port If you re synchronizing through a built in USB port on the front of your computer move the sync cable to a USB port on the back of your computer if your computer has USB ports in both places For a Windows XP computer only Uninstall the desktop software that came with your Treo and then insert the Getting Started CD for Palm Treo 800w smart device and repeat the installation process For a Windows XP computer only Delete the existing partnership between your Treo and your computer and create a new one by doing the following steps in turn Disconnect your Treo and your computer from the sync cable Right click the gray ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen and then select Open Microsoft ActiveSync Click File and then click Delete Mobile Device When asked to confirm click Yes Connect your Treo and your computer to the sync cable When the Synchronization Setup Wizard appears follow the steps to establish a sync relationship between your Treo and your computer If your organization uses a firewall or a VPN connection synchronizing with ActiveSync may not work For a Windows XP computer only go to www microsoft com and search for the following topics to help with specific firewall setup situations ActiveSync USB Connection Troubleshooting Guide ActiveSync with Sygate Personal Firewall ActiveSync with Trend Micro PC cillin Internet
334. ter you have connected on your computer open your Web browser to confirm that you can connect to the Internet You now have an Internet connection on your computer via your Treo and you can do anything you would do using your usual Internet connection Using Sprint TV With Sprint Power Vision you can watch live TV on the go right on your Treo Accessing your Sprint TV channels is as easy as using the remote control in your living room Browse through the available free channels or subscribe to one of the premium offerings Wherever you go on the Sprint National Network you can get more out of your Sprint TV service To access your Sprint TV channels 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Sprint TV Was 3 Select Sprint TV Premium Channels or Sprint TV En Vivo to proceed to the channel listings 4 Browse through the available programming and select a clip or channel to view the program The first time you access a channel that requires a subscription you are prompted to purchase access Select Subscribe to purchase access or select Preview to see a preview of the selected channel Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics 119 Using Pocket Express With Sprint Power Vision s exclusive Pocket Express feature you can personalize the data Services on your Treo to suit your needs The Pocket Express feature makes it easier than ever to retrieve the most popular Web information and ca
335. ters or numbers but you can t use both the letter and number for the same key For example the voicemail Quick Key is 1 The letter equivalent for that key is E so you cannot assign E as a Quick Key to another speed dial button You can create Speed da advanced up to 50 Quick Keys for speed dial buttons and 20 Quick Keys for picture speed dial buttons Show voice mail buttons Display voicemail playback controls after you dial this speed dial number When this option is checked you can enter numbers below each control to tailor the controls to your voicemail system You cannot select these controls with a stylus 9 Play the previous message i3 Save the current message gt Play the current message tt Delete the current message 5 Repeat the current message 00 Play the next message 6 Press OK systems The playback controls for the Sprint Voicemail speed dial button are already set up for the Sprint voicemail system You can also create speed dial buttons for other voicemail systems such as your office or home and you can set the voicemail playback controls to work with those voicemail Section 2B Using the Phone Features Editing a Speed Dial Button 1 9m R8 o ND Go to your Today screen Press Menu right softkey and select Speed Dial Options Highlight the speed dial button you want to edit Press Menu C right softkey and select Edit Make the
336. that you initiate the partnership from your Treo see Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection on page 196 On your computer double click the icon to open the Bluetooth connections window For instructions check the documentation included with your computer Select the option to view devices within range You should see an icon representing your Treo Double click this icon to make sure that Network Access Point or Personal Access Networking or something similar appears in the list of Bluetooth services associated with your Treo Don t see your Treo icon on the list of services Check the documentation included with your computer or contact your computer manufacturer for help Various computer models use various terms for the Bluetooth connection features On your Treo go to your Today screen and select the Internet Sharing B icon You can also open Internet Sharing by pressing Start selecting Programs and then selecting Internet Sharing Select the PC Connection list and then select Bluetooth PAN Press Connect left softkey and follow the wizard to set up Internet Sharing On your computer follow the steps to accept or enable a Bluetooth PAN connection with your Treo Check the documentation included with your computer for instructions On your computer double click the Network Access Point icon to establish the Bluetooth PAN connection Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics 9 Af
337. the Dial Lookup field Then press Up or Down to move around on the Today screen To expand Active Call view to its original size highlight it and press Center 5 Putthe call on hold Press Hold left softkey To take the call off hold press Off Hold c left softkey Use the speakerphone Select Speakerphone To turn off the Speakerphone select RZ Mute the microphone so you can t be heard Select Mute amp To turn the microphone back on select Mute Switch to another application Press Start 22 and select the application You can also press Calendar 8 or Inbox to switch to those applications You can send and receive text messages during a call This is a great way to stay connected with colleagues during a long call Returning to a Call From Another Application You can use many other applications on your Treo while holding a phone conversation including the organizer and Messaging features However to browse the Web or check email during a call you must connect to a Wi Fi network You cannot use the Sprint network to open a Mobile Broadband EVDO or Sprint 1xRTT data connection during a call you can use the Sprint network for one activity at a time phone or data How can you tell which kind of network you re connected to See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 107 From any application press Phone Talk i
338. the Email Features In a new message select To Press Menu C right softkey and select Add Recipient Press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory A Nu Find lt left softkey You must spell the contact name correctly If your organization s GAL uses abbreviated extension numbers you can set your Treo to Enter the contact name in part or in full as it appears in the directory and then press automatically dial the complete number See Setting Your Abbreviated Dialing Preferences on page 103 for more information You can use the Global Address List to find a contact In Contacts press Menu right softkey and then select Company Directory When sending a meeting request select Attendees select Add Required Attendee or Add Optional Attendee and then press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory When you sync your Microsoft Outlook email account with your computer as opposed to wireless synchronization with an Exchange server disable your online address books to avoid errors Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select Address select each online address book and then uncheck the Check name againstthis server box Be sure to turn this option back on if you synchronize other email accounts Finding Messages You can find messages containing a specific word or phrase The find feature searches names email addresses and subject lines 1
339. the chart style You can use this setting to convert your chart to a different format Series Add modify format or delete related data points without affecting the information in your worksheet Press OK Finding or Replacing Information in a Workbook 282 1 2 3 4 Open the workbook containing the information you want to find Press Menu c right softkey and select Edit gt Find Replace Select Find what and enter the information you want to find Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in any text you entered Optional Check the Match entire cells box to find only full words that match any text you entered Select Find to locate the first instance of the information you entered or select Replace and enter the replacement information Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 7 Select Next to find the next instance of the information or select Replace to replace it To replace all instances of the information select Replace All 8 When you see a message indicating that the search is done press OK A Organizing Your Workbooks You can rename your workbooks and move them to another folder and between your Treo and an expansion storage card 1 Goto the workbook list Highlight a file Press Menu gt right softkey and select Rename Move Select Name and then enter a new name for the workbook Select the Folder list and then select t
340. the folder where you want to save the file Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file Select the Location list and then select whether you want to store the file on your Treo or on an expansion card 7 Select Save Formatting Text 1 Open the document and highlight the text you want to format 2 Press Menu c right softkey and select Format gt Font 3 Select any of the following formatting options Font Font color Size Bold Italic Underline Highlight or Strikethrough 4 Press OK to return to the document If a document was previously saved on a computer any unsupported formatting may be lost when you save the file Formatting Paragraphs and Lists 1 Open the document you want to format 2 Position the insertion point in the paragraph you want to format 3 Press Menu gt right softkey and select Format gt Paragraph DARON Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 267 4 Set any of the following options Alignment Align the text with the left right or center of the paragraph List Create a bulleted or numbered list Indentation Change the paragraph margins Left Set the left margin for the entire paragraph Right Set the right margin for the entire paragraph Special Indent the first line or set a hanging indent By Set the size of the Special indentation 5 Press OK to return to the document You can also us
341. then select the te Settings Manus Checked items appear in the Start menu Others appear n Programs JEU Buttons 1 Select a button ji Assignment gt is s ELE 2 Assign a progam EU CCS Program Buttons Up Down Control je st application you want to assign to the button or key combination you selected in step 3 5 Press OK A 324 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device You can also adjust the settings for the Up and Down buttons on the 5 way From Buttons settings select the Up Down Control tab Setting Up Voice Commands Voice commands enable you to use speech to execute some commands on the Start menu and the Programs menu 1 Assign the Hold Side button to Microsoft Voice Command See Reassigning Buttons on page 324 for details Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Voice Command Check the Enable box Select the items you want to enable If an item is highlighted and the Options box is active select the Options box to choose the features you want enabled for the highlighted item 6 Optional Check the Password Protected box to password protect the Voice Command feature aR wD 7 Select Notifications and select the options for how you want to receive voice command notifications Using Voice Commands Do not use voice commands in your car until you rea
342. tion while roaming outside your home network To dismiss the warning and allow data connections select the Don t show this again Always connect when roaming box You can then attempt to make a data connection again If you want to restore you previous roaming selection you must return to this screen and select Automatic or Always again 6 Press OK ERU Roaming Network selection Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status You can monitor the status of the signal strength and several other items on your Treo using icons at the top of your Today screen Sprint Your phone is on and you re inside the Sprint National Network If you are outside a coverage area No Service or Roaming appears instead No Service means that there is no coverage at all and Roaming means that another wireless service provider s network is available When you turn off your phone Phone Off appears ul You missed an incoming call Section 2B Using the Phone Features 107 POA G Yul a Yx i y 108 You have a voicemail message You have a new email message You have a new text message You have more than one of the preceding conditions An error occurred during synchronization Your phone is on The bars display the signal strength The stronger the signal the more bars that appear Your phone is on and you are outside a coverage area To save battery power consider turning off your phone
343. tions assigned to the buttons see Reassigning Buttons on page 324 for details Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 69 Using the Start Menu You can access all the applications on your Treo through the Start menu 1 Press Start zs to open the Start menu 2 Use the 5 way navigator to highlight the application you want to use To view additional applications select Programs If an application appears in the Start menu it does not appear in the Programs folder For example you see File Explorer when you press Start but you do not see File Explorer when you select Programs 3 Press Center to open the highlighted application 4 Optional Press OK to return to the previous screen The current application continues to run in the background ECL E Office moba I File Explorer internet Explorer Cakulator Eg My Treo FE Pictures amp Videos windows Media Get Pocket Instant Express Messaging LiveSearch You can customize the Start menu See Arranging the Start Menu on page 324 for details 70 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device With the Start menu open you can press the letter underlined in the application s name to open the application For example press H to open Help You can also use the 5 way to select the shortcut icons at the top of the S
344. tivated see the Get Started poster for details on activating your new device Press Power End i to display your Today screen see esr VII Using Your Today Screen on page 72 DIO If prompted press Center to turn off Keyguard see Locking Your Treo and Information on page 328 for more information Make sure your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 Press the numbers on the keyboard to enter the phone number you want to call Press Phone Talk i to make the call If prompted enter your four digit lock code In most cases you are not prompted to enter a lock code For security purposes the lock code is not visible as you type Messaging If you can t recall your lock code try using the last four digits of your wireless phone number If this doesn t work call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 See Where to Learn More on page 15 for other ways to get help from Sprint if you are having trouble with your service When your call is complete press Power End i to end the call Section 1B Setting Up Service Adjusting Call Volume While a call is in progress press the Volume button on the side of your Treo to adjust the call volume Volume Button What s My Phone Number 1 Make sure your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 2 If you do not see your Today screen press Power End i see Using Your Today Screen on
345. tkey 6 If prompted enter your Hotmail email address and password 7 To send an instant message to a contact who is online highlight the contact name and press Send IM gt left softkey If the contact you want is offline send an email message instead Highlight the contact name and press Send e mail left softkey Enter a subject and body text for the email message and then press Send left softkey 8 Do any of the following Enter text Highlight the text entry bar and enter your message text Record a voice note Press Voice clip left softkey and record a voice note by speaking clearly with your Treo held up and facing you Add an emoticon to your message Press Menu gt right softkey select Add emoticon and then select the emoticon you want Add a picture or other file Press Menu right softkey select Send select the type of file you want to send and then capture or select the picture or other file you want 168 Section 3C Using Messaging n a Te Windows Live levee T x Chat with amp Colin You re chatting with Colin a Text Entry Bar 9 Press Send left softkey 10 Optional To exchange messages with more than one person press Menu c right softkey select Options gt Add participant and then select the participant you want to add 11 To end the messaging session press Menu gt right softkey and select End conversation If you
346. tkey 4 Highlight a cell where you want to enter text or other information 5 Enter the information in the cell and then press Return 2 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the remaining information 7 Press OK to save the file 274 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity When you save a new workbook it is automatically named BookX where X is the next number in a sequence and then placed in the workbook list To insert a symbol place the insertion point where you want the symbol Press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Symbol Highlight the symbol you want to insert and then select Insert Creating a Workbook From a Template 1 2 3 SPN A Go to the workbook list Select the list in the upper left corner select More Folders gt Templates Open the template you want to use and enter the information you want to include in the template Press Menu c right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and enter a new name for the workbook Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the workbook Select the Type list and select Excel 2007 Workbook Select Save To create a new template from a workbook open the workbook you want to save as a template Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and then enter a name for the template Select the Folders list and select Templates Select Type and select Excel 2007 Template Press
347. to return to Active Call view on your Today screen 86 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Ending a Call Do one of the following e Press Power End i e Press the headset button if the headset is attached and has a button on it Some headsets do not have a button Saving Phone Numbers After you complete a call you are prompted to add the number if it is not already in your Contacts list To create a new contact for this number select Create New Contact e To add this number to an existing contact select Copy and orte e er Add and then select a contact name Gopy and Add To decline adding the number press Dismiss left softkey e To permanently disable the Add Contact prompt select Don t show this again oni If an incoming call uses caller ID blocking you do not see the Add Contact prompt You can turn the Add Contact prompt on and off at any time From your Today screen press Menu right softkey and select Preferences gt Phone Settings On the Phone tab check the After calls from numbers that are not in Contacts ask if want to add them box to turn on the Add Contact prompt or uncheck this box to turn off the Add Contact prompt If you don t add a number right away follow these steps to add it later 1 Goto the Call Log see Redialing a Recently Called Number on page 80 2 Highlight the number you want to save Section 2B Using the Phone Features 3 Press and
348. to that interval 138 Section 3B Using the Email Features Ifyou chose Manually Follow these steps to send and receive messages 1 Press Inbox 2 Select the account for which you want to receive email messages 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Send Receive to synchronize your Treo with your email server Partially downloaded messages appear in the message list with a partial envelope icon to the left of the subject To view the full message either press Menu right softkey and select Download Message or open the message and select Getthe rest of this message Did you know You can view messages sent as HTML with the HTML formatting intact Receiving Attachments You can receive and open attachments in a number of different formats including Word Excel OneNote PowerPoint ZIP and PDF To receive and open attachments do the following 1 Highlight the attachment name below the subject to mark it for download 2 Synchronize the email account that contains the message as described in the previous sections 3 Select the attachment name below the subject to open the attachment To store attachments on an expansion card insert the card into the expansion card slot on your Treo press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select Storage and check the When available use this storage card to store attachments box Section 3B Using the Email Features
349. ton a list entry or a check box is highlighted by default The highlight identifies which item is affected by your next action Use the 5 wayto move the highlight from one item to another before opening or selecting it The highlight can take one of two forms depending on what is highlighted e Border This rectangular border highlights items such as an onscreen button OK Dismiss or Hide a check box an option or a Web link Border 58 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Lighttext on a dark background This highlights items such as a phone number an email address text or an item in a list After highlighting an item with the 5 way you can select or activate it by pressing Center or by tapping the item with the stylus The best way to learn to use the 5 way is to experiment Press the 5 way buttons and as you do follow the movement of the border around the screen The behavior of the 5 way varies slightly in each application Highlighting Text You can use the stylus to highlight text on the screen e Tap and drag the stylus across the text you want to highlight e To highlight a word double tap it e To highlight a paragraph triple tap it When text is highlighted you can press Backspace to delete the highlighted text Using the Softkeys The left and right softkeys give you quick access to tasks that you can do on the current Screen so the softkey it
350. ubleshooting 370 371 viewing 172 Web search field 172 Web sites See Internet Web pages Week view calendar 242 248 WEP encryption 190 193 434 Wi Fi access points 379 Wi Fi button 27 189 Wi Fi connections adding 191 customizing 194 disconnecting 194 making phone calls and 86 maximizing battery and 32 setting up 190 193 viewing information about 195 Wi Fi feature 188 189 194 Wi Fi icon 190 Wi Fi network icon 357 Wi Fi networks 188 194 379 WiFi Prefs icon 194 WiFi Prefs screen 194 Wi Fi routers 200 Windows Live icon 165 167 Windows Live services 164 See also specific program Windows Live services check box 166 Windows Media Player See Media Player Mobile Windows Mobile 299 336 348 379 Windows Mobile Device Center 47 49 380 See also sync software Windows Vista computers 47 208 synchronizing with 262 troubleshooting sync problems 365 Windows XP computers 46 206 207 260 348 wired headsets 98 wireless connections 35 114 340 Index See also Wi Fi connections finding and replacing data in 282 wireless features 31 340 moving around in 276 Wireless Manager 340 naming 275 283 Wireless Manager icon 340 removing cells rows and columns 283 wireless modems 116 resizing rows and columns in 280 wireless networks 188 341 356 saving 272 275 284 wireless phones 200 385 setting default template for 284 wireless services 340 setting display options for 276 wireless synchronization 125 196 308 310
351. unctuation which are then converted into typed text Use can also indicate whether you want to use a stroke instead of pressing the Return key and Backspace key Keyboard Tap keys on the onscreen keyboard to enter text Letter Recognizer Write individual letters numbers and punctuation which are converted into typed text 326 Section 6C Customizing Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device Large Small keys If you selected Keyboard select whether to use large or small onscreen keys If you select Large keys check the box if you want to use gestures for the space backspace shift and enter keys Options If you selected Letter Recognizer select Options and select the options you want 4 Select the Word Completion tab and set any of the following options Suggest words when entering text Set whether word suggestions appear as you enter text You can also specify how many letters you want to enter before a suggestion appears how many suggestions you want to see and whether a space appears after you insert a suggested word Clear Stored Entries Delete the database of word suggestions Enable Auto Correct Set whether the text you type adds to existing text or replaces it This is similar to the Insert function on a computer keyboard ERUIT Input irput method Urge keys e Spare i Shit key Bxkpace e Ene T 2 settings ev VI ok input Yes when antenng tet
352. use your device as a modem 2 Make sure the phone on your Treo is turned on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 35 and that one of the data services icons GW or kg appears at the top of the screen If you don t see either of these icons then you cannot use your Treo as a modem 3 On your Treo go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 and select the Internet Sharing EM icon You can also open Internet Sharing by pressing Start selecting Programs and then selecting Internet Sharing 4 Select the PC Connection list and then select USB 5 In the Network Connection list make sure that Power Vision sus is selected Disconnected internet hare PTak 6 Press Connect left softkey When your computer detects the connection a connection kA icon appears in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen 7 On your computer open your Web browser to confirm that you can connect to the Internet Connect You now have an Internet connection on your computer via your Treo and you can do anything you would do using your usual Internet connection Section 3A Sprint Power Vision The Basics 117 To set up an Internet Sharing connection with Bluetooth wireless technology 118 Create a partnership between your Treo and your computer and be sure to check the Make this device discoverable to other devices box We recommend
353. ust be assigned to open Notes f you assigned the Side button to open another application you can reassign it to the Notes application see Reassigning Buttons on page 324 Calculator You can use Calculator for basic arithmetic calculations such as addition subtraction multiplication and division You can tap the screen or use the keyboard to input numbers Performing Calculations 1 Press Start 22 and select Programs 2 Select Calculator 256 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 3 Enter numbers and perform calculations including the following Clear the last digit Clear the current calculation or the displayed number Calculate the reciprocal of a number Calculate a percentage wey Calculate the square root of a number Switch a number between negative and positive To copy a number press Edit and select Copy You can paste the copied number into another application To paste a copied number into another application press Edit and select Paste Using the Calculator Memory e To store a number select the box to the left of the entry box An M appears in the box To add the displayed number to the number stored in memory select M3 To display the number stored in memory select mR To clear the memory select wc When you store a number in memory it replaces the number that was previously stored For more advanced calculati
354. uters including video calls and to exchange pictures and other files Using Live Search for Windows Mobile 1 aR wD gt 164 Press Start fz and select Programs Select Live Search Ke The first time you use Live Search follow the onscreen prompts to initiate use In the search bar at the top of the screen enter the item you want to find Press Down w to highlight the location field and press Left 4 and Right to scroll through the location list To enter a new location select the Choose a new location link Press Search left softkey Select the item you want from the search results Section 3C Using Messaging Setting Up Windows Live Mail You must have an existing Hotmail account to use Windows Live Mail If you do not have an account use the Web browser on your Treo to go to www mobile live com hm and follow the steps to set up an account Press Start 2 and select Programs Select Windows Live Select Sign in to Windows Live The first time you sign in to Windows Live press Accept left softkey Enter your Hotmail email address and password Check the box if you want to have your password entered automatically every time you log in AAW a Windows Live evar x Sign in to Windows Live E mail address hotmail com Password v Save password 6 Press Next left softkey Section 3C Using Messaging 1
355. vacy3 fairinfo htm If your Treo is connected to your computer when you send the error report you are not billed for sending error reports provided your computer is connected to the Internet If you use the Sprint network to send an error report data transfer charges apply 1 Press Start 2x and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Error Reporting al 3 Select whether you want to enable or disable error reporting 4 Press OK Setting Up an External GPS Device If you purchased an optional Global Positioning System GPS receiver your Treo can show your exact location on a map The External GPS settings do not affect the built in GPS features of your device 1 Press Start s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select External GPS 3 On the Programs tab select the GPS program port list and then select the port for applications to use to access GPS information This port must also be selected in your GPS application s configuration settings 4 Select the Hardware tab 5 Select the GPS hardware port list and then select the port to which your GPS receiver is connected This must be a different port from the one you set in step 3 as your program port To connect to the GPS device using Bluetooth wireless technology you must first set up a partnership between the two devices See Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection on page 196
356. vorites in 175 receiving email and 138 searching 294 sorting contents 295 storing pictures or videos in 212 214 217 219 synchronizing and 363 font attributes 264 267 279 fonts 264 273 forgetting passwords 331 332 412 formats display 323 document files 263 email 139 151 media files 216 226 slide shows 222 formatting charts 282 expansion cards 301 paragraphs and lists 267 passwords 331 spreadsheets 272 279 280 text 267 285 Formatting toolbar 268 formulas spreadsheets 273 277 284 forums 15 Forward command 145 160 forwarding email 145 phone calls 88 text messages 160 forwarding codes phone 88 freeing memory 300 374 Freeze Panes command 276 fully charged battery icon 30 functions spreadsheets 273 277 G games 31 gestures 326 getting started 14 36 39 60 Getting Started CD 23 46 297 Global Address Lists GAL 378 Index See also online address books Tasks entry bar 252 Global Address Lookup 294 highlighting Global Positioning System See GPS devices alternate characters 66 GPS devices 337 338 items in lists 62 GPS hardware port options 337 items on screen 57 58 GPS navigation system 185 menu items 60 61 GPS Settings screen 337 multiple files 296 graphics programs 221 text 59 267 H Web favorites 175 high speed connections 116 341 HAC settings 105 hints passwords 332 hands free devices History command 177 compatibility with 196 History list 177 178 connecting to
357. while you are roaming outside Sprint s network You Ac st pack rimas to fit your schedule should keep this box checked to ensure that wireless sync works properly synchronization Optional To customize your high traffic periods select the peak times link at the bottom of the screen and adjust the days and times For example if you work Thursday through Tuesday you can select those days as your peak sale oe RECIBE times instead of Monday through Friday Press OK Initiating a Wireless Sync Manually If you want to control exactly when a wireless sync takes place or if it is not OK to store your corporate email password on your Treo you can initiate sync manually 1 2 3 4 Send receive when I click Send Set whether items are sent as soon as you select Send in the Inbox application or whether they are held until the next To set up manual sync follow the preceding procedure Setting the Synchronization Schedule on page 310 In the Peak times and Off peak times lists select Manually To initiate a manual sync press Start a Select ActiveSync S Press Sync left softkey Section 6B Synchronizing Information and select Programs 311 Other Ways to Synchronize Synchronizing Over a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection If your computer is equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology you can use a Bluetooth connection to synchronize your computer
358. with the camera on your Treo are not part of your Windows Media Player library See Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 205 for information on transferring pictures and videos from the built in camera to your computer During setup Windows Media Player selects the sync method automatic or manual that works best for your Treo Automatic If you re using an expansion card that is larger than 4GB and your entire library can fit on the card Windows Media Player automatically syncs your entire library when you connect your Treo to your computer or when you change sync settings You can also choose which playlists you want to sync automatically e Manual You indicate which files or playlists you want to transfer each time you update the digital media files on your Treo To remove files from your Treo you must delete them manually Section 4C Playing Media Files 227 After you complete initial setup you can switch between automatic and manual sync AA WDHB 6 7 The following steps are for Windows Media Player 11 If you re using another version of Windows Media Player the steps may vary On your computer open Windows Media Player Optional Insert a 32MB or larger expansion card into your Treo Connect your Treo to your computer with the USB sync cable Wait for the Device Setup wizard to open on your computer and then click Finish In Windows Media Player on your computer click the Sync tab and select
359. work time or set the date and time when prompted 1 Battery Contacts 2 Device Contacts Be sure to dispose of your old battery in an environmentally responsible and legal way In some areas disposal in household or business trash is prohibited Visit palm com environment for more information 352 Section 7A Help Performance The Applications Are Running Slower Than Usual Be sure that third party applications are compatible with Windows Mobile Professional version 6 1 or later Applications written for earlier versions can have performance problems If you can try a free version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly In your open applications save any unsaved information you want to keep Press Start 2 and select Settings Select System and then select Task Manager E Press Menu c right softkey and select End All Tasks Select Yes to close all your open applications and discard all unsaved information Press OK i Sar WN BE Tp o You can also press and hold OK or Option OK to access Task Manager If the previous steps don t fix the problem try doing a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 349 If the problem persists follow these steps to turn off the Microsoft Voice Command setting if it is enabled 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Personaltab and then select Voice
360. ws up in Outlook and whatever you enter or change in Outlook on your computer syncs to the server and then shows up on your Treo If you installed ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer you may have already set up your Treo to synchronize wirelessly with the server To check on your Treo press Start select Programs and then Select ActiveSync Press Menu right softkey If Configure Server appears instead of Add Server Source wireless sync is already set up and you can skip this procedure 1 Work with your system administrator to gather the following information for your Exchange Server account Mail server address and domain name The username and password you use to access your corporate mail server Security connection Does your server use an encrypted SSL connection Select ActiveSync S aR wD 308 Press Start 22 and select Programs Press Menu c right softkey and select Add Server Source Enter the email address that you want to set up Section 6B Synchronizing Information 6 Uncheck the box to detect the Exchange server settings and then press Next gt right softkey Edit Server Settings Server address Note Ths i amp the same as your Outlook Web V me server requires an encrypted SSL connectior 7 If prompted enter the Server address and check the box if the server requires SSL encryption and then press Next rig
361. y and may increase the risk of your device overheating catching fire or exploding which may also result in serious bodily injury death or property damage 1 Gently press the battery door while sliding it downward to remove it 1 Battery Contacts 2 Device Contacts 2 Align the battery contacts with the device contacts and then press the battery into place 3 Slide the battery door onto the back of the Treo until it clicks into place Your device screen turns on and the Palm logo screen appears Wait for the progress bar on the Palm logo screen to fill and for the Windows Mobile screen to appear If your Treo doesn t turn on you need to charge it by connecting it to the AC charger If it still doesn t start do a soft reset See Resetting Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device on page 349 Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 4 Follow the onscreen instructions to finish the installation For long trips or heavy use buy a spare battery that is approved by Sprint and is compatible with your Treo Visit palm com treo800wsprint support Charging the Battery The battery comes with a sufficient charge for you to complete the setup process and activate your phone After activation we recommend charging your Treo for 3 5 hours or until the indicator light is solid green to give it a full charge See Maximizing Battery Life on page 31 for tips on maximizing the life of the batt
362. y as the first day of the week for all Calendar views Week view Set whether five six or seven days appear Sunday S day week X C Show half hour dots _ Show week numbers in Week view 248 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Show half hour slots Set whether time slots appear in one hour or half hour increments in Day view and Week view Show week numbers Set whether week numbers 1 52 appear in Week view 3 Select the Appointments tab and set any of the following options Setreminders for new items Set whether a reminder is automatically added to new events and how long before the event the reminder appears You can override this setting for individual events Show icons Set which icons appear next to events eiziem 3X The event has a reminder DuiokE mal v The event repeats in a specified pattern Amorum amp f The event has a note attached amp The event has an assigned location i8 The event is a meeting The event is marked private LEN Not all icons appear in all Calendar views Send meeting requests via Set the method used to send meeting requests 4 Press OK Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 249 Tasks You can use Tasks to help you remember tasks you need to complete and to keep a record of completed tasks If you want to use Tasks Over the Air OTA synchronization install the software from
363. yboard enter a phone number 3 Press Phone Talk to dial You do not need to press Option to access the numbers on the keyboard However when dialing short numbers such as 411 the Dial Lookup feature may display a list of contacts that include the short number In this case select the entry you want and press Phone Talk i to make the call 76 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Dialing by Contact Name You can look up contacts quickly by entering just a few letters of GT 0 a contact s name directly from your Today screen Before you can f NS dial a call by contact name you must create some contacts see Adding a Contact on page 238 or import them by synchronizing see Connecting to Your Computer on page 41 1 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 2 Use the keyboard to type the first or last name of the contact you want to call If you enter both the first and last Messaging name or the first letters of each enter a space between the two names To To delete letters when correcting a misspelled name press Backspace 3 After you find the contact you want select the number you want to call 4 Press Phone Talk to make the call After you look up a contact you can select how you want to communicate with that person Highlight the contact s name press Center or tap and hold with the stylus and then select the communication metho
364. you quick access to the options available for the current screen 5 Phone Talk dials a phone number that you select or enter and answers an incoming phone call When you press Option 8 Phone Talk the Internet Explorer Mobile application opens 6 Start opens the Start menu to access all the applications on your Treo When you press and hold Option Start the Camera application opens so you can take a picture or switch to video mode to record a video Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 10 11 12 13 14 15 Calendar opens the Calendar application so you can view and manage appointments When you press and hold Option 8 Calendar BE the Contacts application opens Microphone serves as the mouthpiece on your Treo Earpiece lets you hear your phone calls Hold the earpiece to your ear to listen unless you re using the speakerphone or a headset Right Softkey gives you quick access to the options available for the current screen Typically pressing this softkey opens a menu OK confirms any information you entered and closes the current screen It then returns you to the previous screen When you press and hold Option 8 OK the Task Manager screen opens Power End turns the phone feature of your Treo on and off wakes up and turns off the screen goes to the Today screen when the screen is already awake and hangs up ca
365. zing With a USB Connection ssssssssssssssssssse mn Section 2 Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device sess sese sese 53 2A Moving Around on Your Palm Treo 800w Smart Device 0 0c cece ence eens 55 Moving Around on the Screen 02 ccc nee ene nee e eras 56 Using TE Keyboard MEETS 63 GOpening and Closing ADDIICallOnis 3 212 53 PE eu EO ER ERUPELDRQU de tan Ec darte 69 Using Your Today Screen fiver gue ee tet we pA pP OPI I POI SR ERAI ZR ep cn que 72 2B Using the Phone Features sssiillllllllllllsls ssh hh hh nn 75 Accessing Your Today Screen cse sex Xt e er rt ER ere po WE Qd ed ER mx X A s 76 aking alls cx cete tee dt ener s TEERAA com se ect Fotos fs 76 Receiving Calls 3 osse de EY op VIE hes ete Ern Sd FER CHEER UU VES gre Weile 81 Usine Volc mall exec ert x ERR babes seein IM ER X MERERI EEULRRPERESAUN KI E Ed RE 83 What Can Do When I m On a Call 20 0 0 ccc cece cece cence III mem 85 anagirig Multiple Call s ct cc tats Mec conr mre ute roce ua er eee e UR eU de nod Setting Up and Managing Speed Dial Buttons Usina a Phone Headsets 9426 16 e RE ESLERR REED RR pee Customizing PAON Settings s aici aad SiGe EA ee E REY UMUUM RUN QUVURUECUM ae Controlling Your Roaming Experience sssssssssssses en Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status isssssssssssssss e Section 3 Your Sprint Power Vision and Other Wireless Connections 111 3A

Sprint Nextel 800w User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents